WO2017049275A2 - Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region - Google Patents

Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017049275A2
WO2017049275A2 PCT/US2016/052451 US2016052451W WO2017049275A2 WO 2017049275 A2 WO2017049275 A2 WO 2017049275A2 US 2016052451 W US2016052451 W US 2016052451W WO 2017049275 A2 WO2017049275 A2 WO 2017049275A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
polynucleotide
alternative
region
nucleosides
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2016/052451
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2017049275A3 (en
Inventor
Gabor Butora
Andrew W. Fraley
Edward John MIRACCO
Jennifer Nelson
Amy RHODEN-SMITH
Matthew Stanton
Original Assignee
Moderna Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to ES16847531T priority Critical patent/ES2908449T3/es
Priority to DK16847531.7T priority patent/DK3350333T3/da
Application filed by Moderna Therapeutics, Inc. filed Critical Moderna Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority to EP21204710.4A priority patent/EP4101930A1/en
Priority to PL16847531T priority patent/PL3350333T3/pl
Priority to JP2018514295A priority patent/JP2018527003A/ja
Priority to US15/760,686 priority patent/US20180256750A1/en
Priority to AU2016324463A priority patent/AU2016324463B2/en
Priority to EP16847531.7A priority patent/EP3350333B1/en
Priority to CA2998370A priority patent/CA2998370A1/en
Priority to SI201631452T priority patent/SI3350333T1/sl
Publication of WO2017049275A2 publication Critical patent/WO2017049275A2/en
Publication of WO2017049275A3 publication Critical patent/WO2017049275A3/en
Priority to HK18115688.5A priority patent/HK1256703A1/zh
Priority to CY20221100072T priority patent/CY1124934T1/el
Priority to JP2022112992A priority patent/JP2022160454A/ja
Priority to AU2023200136A priority patent/AU2023200136A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65586—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system at least one of the hetero rings does not contain nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
    • A61K48/005—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy characterised by an aspect of the 'active' part of the composition delivered, i.e. the nucleic acid delivered
    • A61K48/0066—Manipulation of the nucleic acid to modify its expression pattern, e.g. enhance its duration of expression, achieved by the presence of particular introns in the delivered nucleic acid
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • C07F9/65616—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings containing the ring system having three or more than three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members, e.g. purine or analogs
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/02—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with ribosyl as saccharide radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/67—General methods for enhancing the expression

Definitions

  • heterologous DNA introduced into a cell can be inherited by daughter cells (whether or not the heterologous DNA has integrated into the chromosome) or by offspring. Introduced DNA can integrate into host cell genomic DNA at some frequency, resulting in alterations and/or damage to the host cell genomic DNA.
  • multiple steps must occur before a protein is made. Once inside the cell, DNA must be transported into the nucleus where it is transcribed into RNA. The RNA transcribed from DNA must then enter the cytoplasm where it is translated into protein. This need for multiple processing steps creates lag times before the generation of a protein of interest. Further, it is difficult to obtain DNA expression in cells; frequently DNA enters cells but is not expressed or not expressed at reasonable rates or concentrations. This can be a particular problem when DNA is introduced into cells such as primary cells or modified cell lines.
  • RNAs are synthesized from four basic ribonucleotides: ATP, CTP, UTP and GTP, but may contain post-transcriptionally modified nucleotides. Further, approximately one hundred different nucleoside alterations have been identified in RNA (Rozenski, J, Crain, P, and
  • the present invention solves this problem by providing new mRNA molecules incorporating chemical alternatives which impart properties which are advantageous to therapeutic development.
  • polynucleotides including a 3 ' -stabilizing region (e.g., containing an alternative nucleobase, sugar, or backbone).
  • a 3 ' -stabilizing region e.g., containing an alternative nucleobase, sugar, or backbone.
  • the invention features a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide and including the structure of Formula I:
  • A' includes:
  • a 5 ' -UTR e.g., a 5 ' -UTR including a Kozak sequence
  • B' includes a 3 ' -stabilizing region including 1 to 500 (e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 1 0, 5 to 15, 1 0 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 105 to 135, 120 to 1 50, 130 to 1 70, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 1 70, 180, 190, or 200) nucleosides; and
  • 1 to 500 e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 1 0, 5 to 15, 1 0 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 105 to 135, 120 to 1 50
  • the nucleoside is not a 2 ' -deoxynucleoside, a 3 ' -deoxynucleoside, a 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxynucleoside, a 2 ' -0-methylnucleoside, a 3 ' -0-methylnucleoside, a 3 ' -0-ethyl-nucleoside, or 3 ' -arabinoside.
  • the nucleoside is an L-nucleoside, alpha-thio-2 ' -0-methyl- adenosine, 2 ' -fluoro-adenosine, arabino-adenosine, hexitol-adenosine, LNA-adenosine, PNA-adenosine, inverted thymidine, or 3 ' -azido-2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxyadenosine.
  • A' further includes (e) a poly-A region.
  • one or more nucleosides in the 3 ' -stabilizing region include the structure:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase
  • each U and U' is, independently, O, S, N(R u ) nu , or C(R u )nu, wherein nu is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1 for N(R u )nu and 2 for C(R u )nu) and each R u is, independently, H , halo, or optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl ; each of R 1 , R 1 ' , R 1 " , R 2 , R 2' , R 2" , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C6-Cio
  • each of m and n is independently, 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • each of Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl; and
  • each Y 4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino; and Y 5 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene;
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes a plurality of adenosines. In some embodiments, all of the nucleosides of the 3 ' -stabilizing region are adenosines. In some embodiments, the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes at least one (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) alternative nucleoside (e.g., an L- nucleoside such as L-adenosine, 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, alpha-thio-2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, 2 ' -fluoro- adenosine, arabino-adenosine, hexitol-adenosine, LNA-adenosine, PNA-adenosine, or inverted thymidine).
  • L- nucleoside such as L-
  • the alternative nucleoside is L-adenosine, 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, or inverted thymidine.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes a plurality of alternative nucleosides. In some embodiments, all of the nucleotides in the 3'-stabilizing region are alternative nucleosides. In some embodiments, the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes at least two different alternative nucleosides. In some embodiments, at least one alternative nucleoside is 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine. In some embodiments, at least one alternative nucleoside is inverted thymidine. In some embodiments, at least one alternative nucleoside is 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, and at least one alternative nucleoside is inverted thymidine.
  • the stabilizing region includes the structure:
  • each X is, independently O or S;
  • A represents adenine and T represents thymine.
  • the stabilizing region includes 10 nucleosides. In some embodiments, the stabilizing region includes 1 1 nucleosides.
  • the linker has the structure:
  • a, b, c, e, f, and g are each, independently, 0 or 1 ;
  • d 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • each of R 6 , R 8 , R 10 , and R 12 is, independently, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynylene, or optionally substituted C6-Cio arylene, O, S, Se, and NR 13 ;
  • R 7 and R 1 1 are each, independently, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, or phosphoryl, wherein, if R 7 is phosphoryl, -(R 9 )d- is a bond, and e, f, and gare 0, then at least one of R 6 or R 8 is not O; and if R 1 1 is phosphoryl, -(R 9 )d- is a bond, and a, b, and c are 0, then at least one of R 10 or R 12 is not O; each R 9 is optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene, or a bond linking (R 6 ) a -(R 7 )
  • R 1 3 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-C12 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-C7 heteroalkyi.
  • the linker comprises:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase, hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C3-C10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C2-C9 heterocycle; and
  • R 14 and R 15 are each, independently, hydrogen or hydroxy.
  • B 1 is a nucleobase or hydrogen. In some embodiments, B 1 is a nucleobase.
  • the linker comprises:
  • 0 is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • Y 6 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6
  • each Y 7 and Y 8 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-Cio aryl; and each Y 9 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino; and Y 10 is O, a bond
  • Y 10 is optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene.
  • the linker comprises:
  • p is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 14 and R 15 are both hydroxy.
  • 0 is 1
  • Y 6 is methylene
  • Y 7 and Y 8 are both O
  • Y 9 is hydroxy.
  • p is 3.
  • Y 10 is optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene.
  • the linker comprises:
  • q and r are each, independently, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 14 and R 15 are both hydroxy.
  • q is 5
  • Y 6 is methylene
  • Y 7 and Y 8 are both O
  • Y 9 is hydroxy.
  • r is 3.
  • the linker can be formed by a click chemistry reaction between a click-chemistry reaction pair.
  • the linker includes the structure:
  • the linker is attached to the 3 ' -terminus of A' and the 5 ' -terminus of B'
  • the invention features a polynucleotide, wherein said polynucleotide is prepared by oxidation (e.g., by treatment with sodium periodate) of a cis-diol (e.g., a cis-diol on the sugar of a nucleoside such as the nucleoside at the 3'-terminus) of a first polynucleotide to form a di-aldehyde containing polynucleotide followed by treatment with a second polynucleotide comprising a reactive amine moiety (e.g., a reactive alkoxyamino moiety) under suitable conditions.
  • a reactive amine moiety e.g., a reactive alkoxyamino moiety
  • the invention features a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide includes:
  • a 5 ' -UTR e.g., a 5 ' -UTR including a Kozak sequence
  • a 3 ' -stabilizing region including 1 to 500 (e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 1 00, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200) nucleosides, wherein one or more of the nucleosides is an L-nucleoside (e.g., L-adenosine), alpha-thio-2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, 2 ' -fluoro- adenosine, hexitol-adenosine, LNA-adenos
  • the polynucleotide further includes (f) a poly-A region.
  • the L-nucleoside has the structure:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase
  • U is O, S, N(R u )nu, or C(R u ) nu , wherein nu is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1 for N(R u ) nu and 2 for C(R u ) nu ) and each R u is, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 5 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C6-Cio aryl; or R 3 or R 5 can join together with one of R 1 or R 2 to form together with the carbons to which they are attached an optionally substituted C3-C10 carbocycle or an optionally substituted C3-C9 heterocyclyl;
  • each of m and n is independently, 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • each of Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl; and
  • each Y 4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino; and
  • Y 5 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes at least one L-nucleoside (e.g., L- adenosine).
  • L-nucleoside e.g., L- adenosine
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes a plurality of alternative nucleosides.
  • all of the plurality of alternative nucleosides are the same (e.g., all of the alternative nucleosides are L-nucleosides such as L-adenosine).
  • the stabilizing region includes 1 0 nucleosides. In some embodiments, the stabilizing region includes 1 1 nucleosides.
  • the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the 3 ' -terminus of the poly-A region.
  • the invention features a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide includes:
  • a 5 ' -UTR e.g., a 5 ' -UTR including a Kozak sequence
  • a 3 ' -stabilizing region including 1 to 500 (e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 1 00, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200) nucleosides, wherein the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes a plurality of alternative nucleosides.
  • 1 to 500 e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to
  • the polynucleotide further includes (f) a poly-A region.
  • the one or more alternative nucleosides include the structure:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase
  • each U and U' is, independently, O, S, N(R u ) nu , or C(R u )nu, wherein nu is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1 for N(R u )nu and 2 for C(R u )nu) and each R u is, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl ; each of R 1 , R 1 ' , R 1 " , R 2 , R 2' , R 2 " , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl , optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl;
  • each of m and n is independently, 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • each of Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl; and
  • each Y 4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino; and
  • Y 5 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6
  • the alternative nucleosides are 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosines or arabino- adenosines.
  • the polynucleotide includes a plurality of alternative nucleosides at the 3 ' -terminus.
  • the plurality of alternative nucleosides includes at least two different nucleosides.
  • the plurality of alternative nucleosides are all the same nucleoside.
  • all of the nucleosides in the 3 ' -stabilizing region are alternative nucleosides.
  • the stabilizing region includes 1 0 nucleosides. In some embodiments, the stabilizing region includes 1 1 nucleosides.
  • the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the 3 ' -terminus of the poly-A region.
  • the 5 ' -UTR includes a Kozak sequence.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes the 3 ' -terminus of the polynucleotide.
  • the 3'-stabilizing region includes at least one non-nucleoside.
  • the at least one non-nucleoside is at the 5'-terminus, the 3'-terminus, or at an internal position of the 3'-stabilizing region.
  • the non- nucleoside is an abasic ribose.
  • At least one of the coding region, the 5 ' -UTR, the 3 ' -UTR, and/or the 5 ' -cap structure includes at least one alternative (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) nucleoside (e.g., any alternative nucleoside described herein such a a 5-substituted uridine, e.g., 5- methoxy-uridine, a 1 -substituted pseudouridine, or a 5-substituted cytidine, e.g., 5-methyl-cytidine).
  • nucleoside e.g., any alternative nucleoside described herein such a a 5-substituted uridine, e.g., 5- methoxy-uridine, a 1 -substituted pseudouridine, or a 5-substituted cy
  • the poly-A region includes at least one alternative (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) nucleoside (e.g., any alternative nucleoside described herein such a a 5-substituted uridine, e.g., 5-methoxy-uridine, a 1 -substituted pseudouridine, or a 5-substituted cytidine, e.g., 5-methyl-cytidine).
  • nucleoside e.g., any alternative nucleoside described herein such a a 5-substituted uridine, e.g., 5-methoxy-uridine, a 1 -substituted pseudouridine, or a 5-substituted cytidine, e.g., 5-methyl-cytidine.
  • the poly-A region includes from about 20 to about 400 nucleosides (e.g., 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 1 50 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200).
  • nucleosides e.g., 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 1 50 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5,
  • the poly-A region if present, includes 64 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing polynucleotides, the poly-A region, if present, includes a polyadenylation signal.
  • the polynucleotide further includes a poly-C region.
  • the poly-C region includes 1 to 500 nucleosides (e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 1 0, 5 to 15, 1 0 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 105 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 1 0, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 1 00, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200).
  • 1 to 500 nucleosides e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 1 0, 5 to 15, 1 0 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to
  • the poly-C region, if present includes 30 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing polynucleotides, the poly-C region, if present, is conjugated to the 5'-terminus of the 3'-stabilizing region. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing polynucleotides, the poly-C region, if present, is conjugated to the 3'-terminus of the poly-A region and the 5'-terminus of the 3'-stabilizing region.
  • the disclosure provides a compound, or a salt thereof, including a first polynucleotide conjugated to at least one second polynucleotide (e.g., a polynucleotide including 1 to 500 such as 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 1 05, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 1 0, 120, 130, 140, 150, 1 60, 170, 180, 190, or 200 nucleosides), targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer via a linker including the structure of Formula XIII:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase, hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C3-Cio cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C2-C9 heterocycle;
  • X 1 is O, S, NR U , or C(R U )2, wherein each R u is, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl;
  • X 2 is -0-,— NR N1 — ,— NR N1 NR N1 — , a bond, optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C30 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl;
  • n 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • each L is, independently, an unbranched or branched linker
  • R 1 and R 2 are each, independently, hydrogen, hydroxyl, or C1 -C6 alkoxy
  • first polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide
  • X 2 -(L) m is not a furanylmethyl moiety, a pyranylmethyl moiety, -P(0)OH-, or -P(0)N(R N )2-, wherein R N is optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl.
  • B 1 is hydrogen or a nucleobase. In some embodiments, B 1 is a nucleobase. In some embodiments, the compound includes the structure of Formula XIV:
  • a 1 is the first polynucleotide and includes:
  • C 1 includes a second polynucleotide, such as a 3'-stabilizing region, an aptamer, an siRNA, or other non-coding RNA, a targeting moiety, a small molecule, a polypeptide, or a polymer;
  • a second polynucleotide such as a 3'-stabilizing region, an aptamer, an siRNA, or other non-coding RNA, a targeting moiety, a small molecule, a polypeptide, or a polymer;
  • L 1 is an unbranched linker
  • L 2 is a branched linker
  • n 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • o 0 or 1 ;
  • p is 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5; and represents the number of C 1 moieties bound to L 1 or L 2 , where p is 1 , when o is 0.
  • X 2 is-O-— NR N1 — , -NR N1 NR N1 _ , a bond, optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C30 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl;
  • Y 1 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6
  • each Y 2 and Y 3 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-Cio aryl; and each Y 4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino,
  • Y 2 , Y 3 , and X 1 are each O, R 1 and R 2 are each hydrogen, Y 1 is CH2, Y 4 is hydroxy, n is 1 , 0 is 0, p is 1 , and C 1 is a polynucleotide, X 2 -L 1 is not -P(0)OH- or -P(0)N(R N ) 2 -, wherein R N is optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkyl,
  • X 1 is O. In some embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each hydroxy. In some embodiments, Y 1 is optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene (e.g., methylene). In some embodiments, n is 1 . In some embodiments, Y 2 is O. In some embodiments, Y 3 is O. In some embodiments, Y 4 is hydroxy. In certain embodiments, X 2 is a bond. In certain embodiments, X 2 is -0-. In certain embodiments, X 2 is - O-alkylene-.
  • X 2 is -0-(CH2) q -, wherein q is an integer between 1 and 30, inclusive; preferably, q is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , or 12.
  • X 2 is -O- heteroalkylene.
  • X 2 is optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene.
  • X 2 is optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene.
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XV:
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XVI :
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XVII:
  • r and s are each, independently, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5,
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XXII :
  • L 1 includes the structure of Formula
  • a, b, c, e, f, and g are each, independently, 0 or 1 ;
  • d 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • each of R 3 , R 5 , R 7 , and R 9 is, independently, selected from optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, O, S, Se, and NR 10 ;
  • R 4 and R 8 are each, independently, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, or phosphoryl;
  • each R 6 is optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene, or a bond linking (R 3 ) a -(R 4 )b-(R 5 )c to (R 7 )e-(R 8 )f-(R 9 ) g ; and
  • R 10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-C12 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-C7 heteroalkyl.
  • L 1 is a linker that can be formed by a click chemistry reaction between a
  • o 0. In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula XX:
  • p is 1 .
  • L 1 includes:
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XXI:
  • o is 1 . In some embodiments, p is 3.
  • L 2 includes:
  • L 2 includes:
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XXII :
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XXIII:
  • t is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10;
  • u is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • t is 6. In some embodiments, u is 3. In some embodiments, o is 0. In some embodiments, the compound includes the structure of Formula XXIV :
  • v is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • v is 4. In some embodiments, o is 0.
  • L 1 is C1-C10 alkylene.
  • the compound includes the structure of Formula XXIII:
  • o is 0. In some embodiments, p is 1 .
  • C 1 includes the second
  • the second polynucleotide includes a plurality of adenosines. In some embodiments, all of the nucleosides of the second polynucleotide are adenosines.
  • the second polynucleotide includes at least one (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) alternative nucleoside (e.g., L-adenosine, 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, alpha-thio-2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, 2 ' -fluoro- adenosine, arabino-adenosine, hexitol-adenosine, LNA-adenosine, PNA-adenosine, or inverted thymidine).
  • alternative nucleoside e.g., L-adenosine, 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, alpha-thio-2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, 2 ' -fluoro- adenosine, arabino-adenosine
  • the second polynucleotide includes a plurality of alternative nucleosides. In some embodiments, all of the nucleosides in the second polynucleotide are alternative nucleosides. In some embodiments, the second polynucleotide includes at least two different alternative nucleosides (e.g., at least one alternative nucleoside is 2 ' -0-methyl-adenosine, and at least one alternative nucleoside is inverted thymidine). In some embodiments, the second polynucleotide includes the structure:
  • each X is, independently O or S;
  • A represents adenine and T represents thymine.
  • all of the plurality of alternative nucleosides are the same (e.g., all of the alternative nucleosides are L-adenosine).
  • the second polynucleotide includes 10 or 1 1 nucleosides.
  • C 1 includes a targeting moiety (e.g., a carbohydrate such as /V-Acetyl-galactosamine, a lipid, a vitamin, a small receptor ligand, a cell surface carbohydrate binding protein or a ligand thereof, a lectin, an r-type lectin, a galectin, a ligand to a cluster of differentiation (CD) antigen, CD30, CD40, a cytokine such as a type-1 cytokine or a type-2 cytokine, a chemokine, a colony stimulating factor, an interferon, an interleukin, a lymphokine, a monokine, or a mutant, derivative and/or combinations of any thereof).
  • a targeting moiety e.g., a carbohydrate such as /V-Acetyl-galactosamine, a lipid, a vitamin, a small receptor ligand, a cell surface carbohydrate binding protein or
  • C 1 includes a polypeptide (e.g., a nuclear localizing polypeptide such as a polypeptide having the sequence PKKKRKVEDPY[K(Aoa]G- amide (SEQ ID NO:1 ), an ER localizing polypeptide such as a polypeptide having the sequence Aoa- KDEL-OH (SEQ ID NO:2), an endosomal escape polypeptide such as a polypeptide having the sequence Aoa-HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH-amide (SEQ ID NO:3) or the corresponding all D-amino acid polypeptide, or a polypeptide that can be used in affinity chromatography such as a poly-histidine).
  • a polypeptide e.g., a nuclear localizing polypeptide such as a polypeptide having the sequence PKKKRKVEDPY[K(Aoa]G- amide (SEQ ID NO:1 )
  • an ER localizing polypeptide such as a polypeptide having the sequence
  • C 1 includes a polynucleotide (e.g., an aptamer, a riboswitch, a purification handle, a locked nucleic acid, or a PABP-affinity sequence).
  • a polynucleotide e.g., an aptamer, a riboswitch, a purification handle, a locked nucleic acid, or a PABP-affinity sequence.
  • C 1 includes a click chemistry handle.
  • the click chemistry handle is an alkyne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an azide. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is cyclooctyne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a diene. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a dienophile. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a terminal alkyne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a strained alkyne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an activated alkyne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an electron-deficient alkyne.
  • the click chemistry handle is an aryne. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a tetrazine. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an alkene. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a phosphine. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a dithioester. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an alkoxyamine. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a maleimide. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a thiol. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an enone. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is a hydrazide. In some embodiments, the click chemistry handle is an amine. Other suitable click chemistry handles are known to those of skill in the art.
  • a 1 further includes a poly-A region.
  • the poly-A region when present, includes at least one (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) alternative nucleoside.
  • At least one of the coding region, the 5 ' -UTR, the 3 ' -UTR, and/or the 5 ' - cap structure of A 1 includes at least one alternative (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) nucleoside (e.g., a 5- substituted uridine such as 5-methoxy-uridine, a 1 -substituted pseudouridine, or a 5-substituted cytidine such as 5-methyl-cytidine).
  • a 5- substituted uridine such as 5-methoxy-uridine
  • a 1 -substituted pseudouridine or a 5-substituted cytidine such as 5-methyl-cytidine
  • the disclosure provides a method of modifying a polynucleotide, the method including:
  • B is a nucleobase, hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C3-Cio cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C2-C9 heterocycle; and
  • X 1 is O, S, NR U , or C(R U )2, wherein each R u is, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted Ci -Ce alkyl;
  • R 1 1 is optionally substituted C1-C10 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-C12 aryl, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycol, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyi conjugated to a polynucleotide, or optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyi;
  • B 1 is hydrogen or a nucleobase. In some embodiments, B 1 is a nucleobase.
  • the method further includes reacting a polynucleotide including the structure of Formula XXVIII :
  • R 1 1 is optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyi.
  • the compound, or salt thereof, of Formula XIII has the structure of Formula XXIX:
  • R 12 is optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycol, optionally substituted C1 -C10 alkyl, optionally substituted C1 -C10 heteroalkyl, or optionally substituted C1 -C10 heteroalkyl conjugated to a polynucleotide, e.g., C 1 .
  • R 1 1 includes an azido moiety, a carboxylate moiety, or a thiol.
  • the compound of Formula XXIX has the structure:
  • the method further includes reacting the polynucleotide including the structure of Formula I with a second polynucleotide including an alkyne moiety under suitable conditions to produce a compound including a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide conjugated through a linker including a triazole moiety.
  • the alkyne moiety includes the structure:
  • the method further includes reacting the compound of Formula I with a second polynucleotide including a maleimido moiety under suitable conditions to produce a compound including a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide conjugated through a linker including the structure:
  • the method further includes reacting the compound of Formula I with a second polynucleotide including an amino moiety under suitable conditions to produce a compound including a first polynucleotide and a second polynucleotide conjugated through a linker including an amide bond.
  • the targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer is a therapeutic agent such as a cytotoxin, radioactive ion,
  • a cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1 -dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S.
  • Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine (e.g., iodine 125 or iodine 131 ), strontium 89, phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, phosphate, cobalt, yttrium 90, Samarium 153 and praseodymium.
  • Other therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis- dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents
  • the targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer is a detectable substance. Examples of detectable
  • optically-detectable labels include for example, without limitation, 4-acetamido-4'-isothiocyanatostilbene-2,2 disulfonic acid; acridine and derivatives: acridine, acridine isothiocyanate; 5-(2-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (EDANS); 4-amino-N-[3-vinylsulfonyl)phenyl]naphthalimide-3,5 disulfonate; N-(4- anilino-l-naphthyl)maleimide; anthranilamide; BODIPY; Brilliant Yellow; coumarin and derivatives;
  • coumarin, 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin AMC, Coumarin 120), 7-amino-4-trifluoromethylcouluarin (Coumaran 151 ); cyanine dyes; cyanosine; 4 ',6-diaminidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI) ; 5 ' 5"- dibromopyrogallol-sulfonaphthalein (Bromopyrogallol Red); 7-diethylamino-3-(4 - isothiocyanatophenyl)-4-methylcoumarin; diethylenetriamine pentaacetate; 4,4 - diisothiocyanatodihydro-stilbene-2,2 -disulfonic acid; 4,4'-diisothiocyanatostilbene-2,2 -disulfonic acid;
  • DAS 5- [dimethylamino]-naphthalene-1 -sulfonyl chloride
  • DAS dansylchloride
  • DBITC 4- dimethylaminophenylazophenyl-4 -isothiocyanate
  • eosin and derivatives eosin, eosin isothiocyanate, erythrosin and derivatives
  • erythrosin B erythrosin, isothiocyanate
  • ethidium
  • fluorescein and derivatives 5-carboxyfluorescein (FAM), 5-(4,6-dichlorotriazin-2-yl)aminofluorescein (DTAF), 2 ',7 -dimethoxy-4'5'-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, QFITC, (XRITC); fluorescamine; IR144; IR1446; Malachite Green isothiocyanate; 4- methylumbelliferoneortho cresolphthalein; nitrotyrosine; pararosaniline; Phenol Red; B-phycoerythrin; o-phthaldialdehyde; pyrene and derivatives: pyrene, pyrene butyrate, succinimidyl 1 -pyrene;
  • Reactive Red 4 (CibacronTM Brilliant Red 3B-A) rhodamine and derivatives:
  • 6- carboxy-X-rhodamine ROX
  • 6-carboxyrhodamine R6G
  • lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl chloride rhodarnine Rhod
  • rhod rhodamine B
  • rhodamine 123 rhodamine X isothiocyanate
  • sulforhodamine B sulforhodamine 101
  • sulfonyl chloride derivative of sulforhodamine 101 Texas Red
  • TAMRA N,N,N ',N tetramethyl-6-carboxyrhodamine
  • TRITC tetramethyl rhodamine
  • TRITC tetramethyl rhodamine isothiocyanate
  • riboflavin riboflavin; rosolic acid; terbium chelate derivatives; Cyanine-3 (Cy3);
  • the detectable label is a fluorescent dye, such as Cy5 and Cy3.
  • the detectable agent is a non-detectable precursor that becomes detectable upon activation .
  • fluorogenic tetrazine-fluorophore constructs e.g., tetrazine-BODIPY FL, tetrazine-Oregon Green 488, or tetrazine-BODI PY TMR-X
  • enzyme activatable fluorogenic agents e.g., PROSENSE (VisEn Medical)
  • the targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer is a luminescent material.
  • luminescent material includes luminol ;
  • bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin , and aequorin.
  • the targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer include a radioactive material.
  • suitable radioactive material includes 18 F, 67 Ga, 81 m Kr, 82 Rb, 1 1 1 ln, 123 l, 133 Xe, 201 TI, 125 l, 35 S, 14 C, or 3 H, 99m Tc (e.g. , as pertechnetate (technetate(VI I), Tc04 ⁇ ) either directly or indirectly, or other radioisotope detectable by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting.
  • the targeting moiety, small molecule, polypeptide, or polymer is a contrast agent.
  • contrast agents e.g. , contrast agents for MRI or NMR, for X-ray CT, Raman imaging, optical coherence tomography, absorption imaging, ultrasound imaging, or thermal imaging can be used.
  • Exemplary contrast agents include gold (e.g. , gold nanoparticles), gadolinium (e.g ., chelated Gd), iron oxides (e.g.,
  • SPIO superparamagnetic iron oxide
  • MIONs monocrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles
  • USPIO ultrasmall superparamagnetic iron oxide
  • Mn-DPDP manganese chelates
  • barium sulfate barium sulfate
  • iodinated contrast media iohexol
  • microbubbles or perfluorocarbons
  • the polymer is a polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, peptide, a cationic polymer, or any synthetic or naturally occurring macromolecule made up of repeating monomeric units.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • peptide polypropylene glycol
  • cationic polymer any synthetic or naturally occurring macromolecule made up of repeating monomeric units.
  • the polymer is an optionally substituted straight chain polyalkylene, polyalkenylene, or polyoxyalkylene polymer. In some embodiments, the polymer is an optionally substituted branched chain polyalkylene, polyalkenylene, or polyoxyalkylene polymer. In some embodiments, the polymer is an optionally substituted branched polysaccharide. In some embodiments, the polymer is an optionally substituted unbranched polysaccharide. In some embodiments, the polymer is an optionally substituted polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyvinyl alcohol or derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the polymer is a branched chain polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyvinyl alcohol or derivative thereof.
  • the polymer is polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • the polymer is a derivatized form of PEG (e.g. , N-hydroxylsuccinimide (NHS) active esters of PEG such as succinimidyl propionate, benzotriazole active esters, and PEG derivatized with maleimide, vinyl sulfones, or thiol groups).
  • PEG polymers useful in the invention may be linear molecules, or may be branched wherein multiple PEG moieties are present in a single polymer.
  • the small molecule includes a benzyl group (e.g., the hydroxyl amine used in the reaction to form the morpholino is o- benzylhydroxylamine, 0-(2,3,4,5,6-petafluorobenzyl) hydroxylamine, O-tritylhydroxylamine, 0-(4- nitro-benzyl) hydroxylamine),
  • the small molecule includes an alkyl group (e.g., the hydroxylamine used in the reaction to form the morpholino is methoxyamine, O-ethylhydroxylamine, O-tert-butylhydroxylamine, O-tert- butyldimethylsilylhydroxylamine, O-(carboxymethyl)hydroxylamine).
  • the small molecule includes a heterocycle (e.g., the hydroxyl amine used in the reaction to form the morpholino is o- benzylhydroxylamine, 0-(2,3,4,5,6-petafluorobenzyl)
  • hydroxylamine used in the reaction to form the morpholino is 0-(tetra-2H-pyran-2-yl) hydroxylamine or 10-[2-(aminooxy)ethyl]-1 OH-phenothiazine.
  • the small moledule includes a heteroatom (e.g., the hydroxylamine used in the reaction to form the morpholino is hydroxylamine-O- sulfonic acid or hydroxylamine).
  • the compounds can also include a targeting moiety that can be a cell penetrating moiety or agent that enhances intracellular delivery of the compositions.
  • the compositions can include a cell-penetrating peptide sequence that facilitates delivery to the intracellular space, e.g., HIV-derived TAT peptide, penetratins, transportans, or hCT derived cell-penetrating peptides, see, e.g., Caron et al., (2001 ) Mol Ther. 3(3):31 0-8; Langel, Cell-Penetrating Peptides: Processes and Applications (CRC Press, Boca Raton FL 2002); El-Andaloussi et al., (2005) Curr Pharm Des.
  • compositions can also be formulated to include a cell penetrating agent, e.g., liposomes, which enhance delivery of the compositions to the intracellular space.
  • a cell penetrating agent e.g., liposomes
  • the compounds described herein can be used to deliver an agent to any biological target for which a specific ligand exists or can be generated.
  • the ligand can bind to the biological target either covalently or non-covalently.
  • Exemplary biological targets include biopolymers, e.g., antibodies, nucleic acids such as RNA and DNA, proteins, enzymes; exemplary proteins include enzymes, receptors, and ion channels.
  • the target is a tissue- or cell-type specific marker, e.g., a protein that is expressed specifically on a selected tissue or cell type.
  • the target is a receptor, such as, but not limited to, plasma membrane receptors and nuclear
  • G-protein-coupled receptors include G-protein-coupled receptors, cell pore proteins, transporter proteins, surface-expressed antibodies, HLA proteins, MHC proteins and growth factor receptors.
  • the poly-A region includes from about 20 to about 400 nucleosides (e.g., 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 105 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 150 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 1 0, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 1 70, 180, 190, or 200).
  • the poly-A region includes 64 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds, the poly-A region, if present, includes 64 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds, the poly-A region, if present, includes 64 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds, the poly-A region, if present, includes
  • the poly-A region if present, includes a
  • the first polynucleotide further includes a poly-C region.
  • the poly-C region includes 1 to 500 nucleosides (e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 1 5 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to 90, 85 to 105, 90 to 1 10, 1 05 to 135, 120 to 150, 130 to 170, 1 50 to 200 or 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 10, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, or 200).
  • 1 to 500 nucleosides e.g., 1 to 200, 1 to 400, 1 to 10, 5 to 15, 10 to 20, 1 5 to 25, 20 to 30, 25 to 35, 30 to 40, 35 to 45, 40 to 50, 45 to 65, 50 to 70, 60 to 70, 65 to 85, 70 to
  • the poly-C region, if present includes 30 nucleosides. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds, the poly-C region, if present, is conjugated to the 3'-terminus of the first polynucleotide. In some embodiments of any of the foregoing compounds, the poly-C region, if present, is conjugated to the 3'-terminus of the poly-A region of the first polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a lipid nanoparticle composition including any of the foregoing polynucleotides or comounds.
  • the lipid nanoparticle in some embodiments includes a cationic lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a sterol and a non-cationic lipid.
  • the cationic lipid may be selected from the group consisting of 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1 ,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), dilinoleyl-methyl- 4-dimethylaminobutyrate (DLin-MC3-DMA), and di((Z)-non-2-en-1 -yl) 9-((4-
  • the lipid nanoparticle in other embodiments has a molar ratio of about 20-60% cationic lipid: about 5-25% non-cationic lipid: about 25-55% sterol; and about 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid.
  • the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of about 50% cationic lipid, about 1 .5% PEG-modified lipid, about 38.5% cholesterol and about 10% non- cationic lipid.
  • the lipid nanoparticle has a mean diameter of 50-1 50 nm, or 80-1 00 nm in other embodiments.
  • the invention provides a compound comprising a polynucleotide that has been modified to comprise the structure of Formula I, wherein the modified polynucleotide results in increased polypeptide expression when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a method of increasing the expression of a recombinant polypeptide of interest in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide has been modified to comprise the structure of Formula I, and wherein expression is increased when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the modified polynucleotide results in expression levels that are increased by between about 0.1 % and about 100% (e.g., about 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or about 100%) when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • about 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or about 100% when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the modified polynucleotide results in expression levels that are increased by about 2-fold to about 100-fold (e.g., about 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold, 8-fold, 9-fold, 10-fold, 12-fold, 14-fold, 16-fold, 18-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 30-fold, 40-fold, 50-fold, 60-fold, 70-fold, 80-fold, 90-fold, or about 100- fold,) when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the polynucleotide is mRNA.
  • the polypeptide of interest is a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is a human cell.
  • the invention provides a compound comprising a polynucleotide that has been modified to comprise the structure of Formula I, wherein the modified polynucleotide results in increased half-life when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a method of increasing the half-life of a polynucleotide in a cell comprising contacting the cell with the polynucleotide, wherein the polynucleotide has been modified to comprise the structure of Formula I, and wherein half-life is increased when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the modified polynucleotide has a half-life measurement that is increased by between about 0.1 % and about 100% (e.g., about 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 1 5%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or about 100%) when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • a half-life measurement that is increased by between about 0.1 % and about 100% (e.g., about 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 1 5%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or about 100%) when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the modified polynucleotide has a half-life measurement that is increased by about 2-fold to about 100-fold (e.g., about 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold, 8-fold, 9-fold, 10-fold, 12-fold, 14-fold, 16-fold, 18-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 30-fold, 40-fold, 50-fold, 60-fold, 70-fold, 80-fold, 90-fold, or about 1 00-fold,) when compared to the unmodified polynucleotide.
  • the polynucleotide is mRNA.
  • the mRNA encodes a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the mammalian cell is a human cell.
  • Figure 1 is a graph illustrating the AUC ove three days of the expression of hEPO of mRNAs at 0.05 mg/kg.
  • Figure 2 is a graph illustrating the AUC over four days of the expression of hEPO of mRNAs at 0.05 mg/kg.
  • Figure 3 is a graph illustrating the AUC over four days of the expression of hEPO of mRNAs at 0.5 mg/kg.
  • Figure 4 is a graph illustrating the rate of deadenylation of oligonucleotides.
  • Figure 5 is a graph illustrating the expression of mCitrine of mRNAs.
  • the present disclosure provides, inter alia, polynucleotides that exhibit improved therapeutic properties including, but not limited to, increased stability, increased expression, and/or a reduced innate immune response when introduced into a population of cells.
  • mRNA containing a 3 ' -stabilizing region may be particularly effective for use in therapeutic compositions, because they may benefit from increased stability, high expression levels, and limited induction of the innate immune response, as shown in the Examples (in particular, high performance may be observed across the assays in Examples 6-9).
  • the alternative polynucleotides are substantially non toxic and non mutagenic.
  • compositions and methods described herein can be used, in vivo and in vitro, both extracellularly and intracellular ⁇ , as well as in assays such as cell free assays.
  • compositions including a polynucleotide as described herein.
  • the composition is a reaction mixture.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the composition is a cell culture.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention typically include a first region of linked nucleosides encoding a polypeptide of interest (e.g., a coding region), a first flanking region located at the 5 ' -terminus of the first region (e.g., a 5 ' -UTR), a second flanking region located at the 3 ' -terminus of the first region (e.g., a 3 ' - UTR), at least one 5 ' -cap region, and a 3 ' -stabilizing region.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention further include a poly-A region.
  • any one of the regions of the polynucleotides of the invention include at least one (e.g., at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, or at least ten) alternative nucleoside.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region may contain an alternative nucleoside such as an L-nucleoside, an inverted thymidine, or a 2 ' -0-methyl nucleoside and/or the coding region, 5 ' -UTR, 3 ' -UTR, or cap region may include an alternative nucleoside such as a 5-substituted uridine (e.g., 5-methoxyuridine), a 1 - substituted pseudouridine (e.g., 1 -methyl-pseudouridine), and/or a 5-substituted cytidine (e.g., 5-methyl- cytidine).
  • Alternative Polynucleotides e.g., 5-substituted uridine (e.g., 5-methoxyuridine), a 1 - substituted pseudouridine (e.g., 1 -methyl-pseudouridine), and/or a 5-substituted cyt
  • RNAs such as mRNAs that contain one or more alternative nucleosides or nucleotides as described herein (e.g., in a 3 ' -stabilizing region), which have useful properties including increased stability and/or the lack of a substantial induction of the innate immune response of a cell into which the polynucleotide is introduced.
  • the alternative polynucleotide exhibits reduced degradation in a cell into which the polynucleotide is introduced, relative to a corresponding unaltered polynucleotide.
  • These alternative polynucleotides may enhance the efficiency of protein production, intracellular retention of the polynucleotides, and/or viability of contacted cells, as well as possess reduced immunogenicity.
  • polynucleotide in its broadest sense, includes any compound and/or substance that is or can be incorporated into an oligonucleotide chain.
  • exemplary polynucleotides for use in accordance with the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, one or more of DNA, RNA including messenger mRNA (mRNA), hybrids thereof, RNAi-inducing agents, RNAi agents, siRNAs, shRNAs, miRNAs, antisense RNAs, ribozymes, catalytic DNA, RNAs that induce triple helix formation, aptamers, vectors, etc., described in detail herein.
  • mRNA messenger mRNA
  • the polynucleotides of the invention may or may not be uniformly altered along the entire length of the molecule.
  • one or more or all types of nucleotide e.g., purine or pyrimidine, or any one or more or all of A, G, U, C
  • nucleotides X in a polynucleotide of the invention are altered, wherein X may any one of nucleotides A, G, U, C, or any one of the combinations A+G, A+U, A+C, G+U, G+C, U+C, A+G+U, A+G+C, G+U+C or A+G+C.
  • nucleotide analogs or other alteration(s) may be located at any position(s) of a polynucleotide such that the function of the polynucleotide is not substantially decreased.
  • An alteration may also be a 5 ' - or 3 ' - terminal alteration.
  • the polynucleotide includes an alteration at the 3 ' -terminus.
  • the polynucleotide may contain from about 1 % to about 100% alternative nucleotides (either in relation to overall nucleotide content, or in relation to one or more types of nucleotide, i.e., any one or more of A, G, U or C) or any intervening percentage (e.g., from 1 % to 20%, from 1 % to 25%, from 1 % to 50%, from 1 % to 60%, from 1 % to 70%, from 1 % to 80%, from 1 % to 90%, from 1 % to 95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20% to 90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50% to 70%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 20% to
  • the polynucleotides may contain at a minimum one and at maximum 100% alternative nucleotides, or any intervening percentage, such as at least 5% alternative nucleotides, at least 10% alternative nucleotides, at least 25% alternative nucleotides, at least 50% alternative nucleotides, at least 80% alternative nucleotides, or at least 90% alternative nucleotides.
  • the polynucleotides may contain an alternative pyrimidine such as an alternative uracil or cytosine.
  • At least 5%, at least 1 0%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100% of the uracil in the polynucleotide is replaced with an alternative uracil (e.g., a 5-substituted uracil).
  • the alternative uracil can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures).
  • At least 5%, at least 1 0%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100% of the cytosine in the polynucleotide is replaced with an alternative cytosine (e.g., a 5-substituted cytosine).
  • the alternative cytosine can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures).
  • a polynucleotide is optional and are beneficial in some embodiments.
  • a 5 ' -untranslated region (UTR) and/or a 3 ' -UTR are provided, wherein either or both may independently contain one or more nucleoside alterations.
  • nucleoside alterations may also be present in the translatable region.
  • polynucleotides containing a Kozak sequence e.g., in the 5 ' -UTR.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention include a poly-A region.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention include at least one 5 ' -cap structure.
  • an alternative polynucleotide introduced into the cell for example if precise timing of protein production is desired.
  • the present disclosure provides an alternative polynucleotide containing a degradation domain, which is capable of being acted on in a directed manner within a cell.
  • polynucleotides containing one or more intronic nucleotide sequences capable of being excised from the polynucleotide are provided.
  • polynucleotides containing an internal ribosome entry site may act as the sole ribosome binding site, or may serve as one of multiple ribosome binding sites of an mRNA.
  • a polynucleotide containing more than one functional ribosome binding site may encode several peptides or polypeptides that are translated independently by the ribosomes (e.g., multicistronic mRNA).
  • a second translatable region is optionally provided.
  • IRES sequences that can be used according to the present disclosure include without limitation, those from picornaviruses (e.g., FMDV), pest viruses (CFFV), polio viruses (PV), encephalomyocarditis viruses (ECMV), foot-and-mouth disease viruses (FMDV), hepatitis C viruses (HCV), classical swine fever viruses (CSFV), murine leukemia virus (MLV), simian immune deficiency viruses (SIV) or cricket paralysis viruses (CrPV).
  • picornaviruses e.g., FMDV
  • CFFV pest viruses
  • PV polio viruses
  • ECMV encephalomyocarditis viruses
  • FMDV foot-and-mouth disease viruses
  • HCV hepatitis C viruses
  • CSFV classical swine fever viruses
  • MLV murine leukemia virus
  • SIV simian immune deficiency viruses
  • CrPV cricket paralysis viruses
  • the shortest length of an alternative polynucleotide of the present disclosure can be the length of the polynucleotide sequence that is sufficient to encode for a dipeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a tripeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a tetrapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a pentapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a hexapeptide.
  • the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a heptapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for an octapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a nonapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of the polynucleotide sequence is sufficient to encode for a decapeptide.
  • dipeptides that the alternative polynucleotide sequences can encode for include, but are not limited to, carnosine and anserine.
  • the polynucleotide is greater than 30 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide molecule is greater than 35 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the length is at least 40 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 45 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 55 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 50 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 60 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 80 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 90 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 100 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 120 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 140 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 160 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 180 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 250 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 350 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 450 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 500 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 600 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 700 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 900 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1 100 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1600 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 1800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 3000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 4000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 5000 nucleotides, or greater than 5000 nucleotides. 5 ' -Cap Structures
  • the 5 ' -cap structure of a polynucleotide is involved in nuclear export and increasing
  • CBP mRNA Cap Binding Protein
  • Endogenous polynucleotide molecules may be 5 ' -end capped generating a 5 ' -ppp-5 ' - triphosphate linkage between a terminal guanosine cap residue and the 5 ' -terminal transcribed sense nucleotide of the polynucleotide.
  • This 5 ' -guanylate cap may then be methylated to generate an N7- methyl-guanylate residue.
  • the ribose sugars of the terminal and/or anteterminal transcribed nucleotides of the 5 ' end of the polynucleotide may optionally also be 2'-0-methylated.
  • 5 ' -decapping through hydrolysis and cleavage of the guanylate cap structure may target a polynucleotide molecule, such as an mRNA molecule, for degradation.
  • Alterations to the polynucleotides of the present invention may generate a non-hydrolyzable cap structure preventing decapping and thus increasing polynucleotide half-life.
  • cap structure hydrolysis requires cleavage of 5 ' -ppp-5 ' phosphorodiester linkages
  • alternative nucleotides may be used during the capping reaction.
  • a Vaccinia Capping Enzyme from New England Biolabs (Ipswich, MA) may be used with a-thio-guanosine nucleotides according to the manufacturer's instructions to create a phosphorothioate linkage in the 5 ' -ppp-5 ' cap.
  • Additional alternative guanosine nucleotides may be used such as a-methyl-phosphonate and seleno-phosphate nucleotides.
  • Additional alterations include, but are not limited to, 2'-0-methylation of the ribose sugars of 5 ' - terminal and/or 5 ' -anteterminal nucleotides of the polynucleotide (as mentioned above) on the 2'-hydroxy group of the sugar.
  • Multiple distinct 5 ' -cap structures can be used to generate the 5 ' -cap of a polynucleotide, such as an mRNA molecule.
  • 5 ' -Cap structures include those described in International Patent Publication Nos.
  • Cap analogs which herein are also referred to as synthetic cap analogs, chemical caps, chemical cap analogs, or structural or functional cap analogs, differ from natural (i.e., endogenous, wild-type, or physiological) 5 ' -caps in their chemical structure, while retaining cap function. Cap analogs may be chemically (i.e., non-enzymatically) or enzymatically synthesized and/linked to a polynucleotide.
  • the Anti-Reverse Cap Analog (ARCA) cap contains two guanosines linked by a 5 ' - 5 ' -triphosphate group, wherein one guanosine contains an N7-methyl group as well as a 3' -methyl group (i.e., N7,3'-0-dimethyl-guanosine-5 ' -triphosphate-5 ' -guanosine, m 7 G-3'mppp-G, which may equivalently be designated 3' 0-Me-m7G(5 ' )ppp(5 ' )G).
  • N7,3'-0-dimethyl-guanosine-5 ' -triphosphate-5 ' -guanosine, m 7 G-3'mppp-G which may equivalently be designated 3' 0-Me-m7G(5 ' )ppp(5 ' )G).
  • the 3'-0 atom of the other, unaltered, guanosine becomes linked to the 5 ' -terminal nucleotide of the capped polynucleotide (e.g., an mRNA).
  • the N7- and 3'-0-methlyated guanosine provides the terminal moiety of the capped polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA).
  • mCAP which is similar to ARCA but has a 2'-0-methyl group on guanosine (i.e., N7,2'-0-dimethyl-guanosine-5 ' -triphosphate-5 ' -guanosine, m 7 Gm-ppp-G).
  • the cap is a dinucleotide cap analog.
  • the dinucleotide cap analog may be modified at different phosphate positions with a boranophosphate group or a phophoroselenoate group such as the dinucleotide cap analogs described in US Patent No.
  • the cap analog is a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl) substituted dinucleotide cap analog known in the art and/or described herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of N7-(4- chlorophenoxyethyl) substituted dinucleotide cap analogs include a N7-(4-chlorophenoxyethyl)-
  • a cap analog useful in the polynucleotides of the present invention is a 4- chloro/bromophenoxyethyl analog.
  • cap analogs allow for the concomitant capping of a polynucleotide in an in vitro
  • transcripts up to 20% of transcripts remain uncapped. This, as well as the structural differences of a cap analog from endogenous 5 ' -cap structures of polynucleotides produced by the endogenous, cellular transcription machinery, may lead to reduced translational competency and reduced cellular stability.
  • Alternative polynucleotides of the invention may also be capped post-transcriptionally, using enzymes, in order to generate more authentic 5 ' -cap structures.
  • the phrase "more authentic” refers to a feature that closely mirrors or mimics, either structurally or functionally, an endogenous or wild type feature. That is, a "more authentic" feature is better representative of an endogenous, wild-type, natural or physiological cellular function, and/or structure as compared to synthetic features or analogs of the prior art, or which outperforms the corresponding endogenous, wild- type, natural, or physiological feature in one or more respects.
  • Non-limiting examples of more authentic 5 ' -cap structures useful in the polynucleotides of the present invention are those which, among other things, have enhanced binding of cap binding proteins, increased half life, reduced susceptibility to 5 ' - endonucleases, and/or reduced 5 ' -decapping, as compared to synthetic 5 ' -cap structures known in the art (or to a wild-type, natural or physiological 5 ' -cap structure).
  • recombinant Vaccinia Virus Capping Enzyme and recombinant 2'-0-methyltransferase enzyme can create a canonical 5 ' -5 ' - triphosphate linkage between the 5 ' -terminal nucleotide of a polynucleotide and a guanosine cap nucleotide wherein the cap guanosine contains an N7-methylation and the 5 ' -terminal nucleotide of the polynucleotide contains a 2'-0-methyl.
  • a structure is termed the Cap1 structure.
  • a Cap2 structure also includes a 2'-0-methyl on the nucleotide adjacent to the 5 ' -terminal nucleotide.
  • cap structures include 7mG(5 ' )ppp(5 ' )N,pN2p (Cap 0), 7mG(5 ' )ppp(5 ' )NlmpNp (Cap 1 ), 7mG(5
  • the alternative polynucleotides may be capped post-transcriptionally, and because this process is more efficient, nearly 100% of the alternative polynucleotides may be capped. This is in contrast to -80% when a cap analog is linked to an polynucleotide in the course of an in vitro transcription reaction.
  • 5 ' -terminal caps may include endogenous caps or cap analogs.
  • a 5 ' -terminal cap may include a guanosine analog.
  • Useful guanosine analogs include inosine, N1 -methyl-guanosine, 2'-fluoro-guanosine, 7-deaza-guanosine, 8- oxo-guanosine, 2-amino-guanosine, LNA-guanosine, and 2-azido-guanosine.
  • the polynucleotides described herein may contain a modified 5 ' -cap.
  • a modification on the 5 ' -cap may increase the stability of polynucleotide, increase the half-life of the polynucleotide, and could increase the polynucleotide translational efficiency.
  • the modified 5 ' -cap may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the following modifications: modification at the 2 ' - and/or 3 ' - position of a capped guanosine triphosphate (GTP), a replacement of the sugar ring oxygen (that produced the carbocyclic ring) with a methylene moiety (CH2), a modification at the triphosphate bridge moiety of the cap structure, or a modification at the nucleobase (G) moiety.
  • GTP capped guanosine triphosphate
  • CH2 methylene moiety
  • G nucleobase
  • a 5 ' -UTR may be provided as a flanking region to the alternative polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the invention.
  • a 5 ' -UTR may be homologous or heterologous to the coding region found in the alternative polynucleotides (mRNA) of the invention.
  • Multiple 5 ' -UTRs may be included in the flanking region and may be the same or of different sequences. Any portion of the flanking regions, including none, may be codon optimized and any may independently contain one or more different structural or chemical alterations, before and/or after codon optimization.
  • each 5 ' - UTR (5 ' -UTR-005 to 5 ' -UTR 6851 1 ) is identified by its start and stop site relative to its native or wild type (homologous) transcript (ENST; the identifier used in the ENSEMBL database).
  • ENST wild type (homologous) transcript
  • 5 ' -UTRs which are heterologous to the coding region of the alternative polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the invention may be engineered into compounds of the invention.
  • the alternative polynucleotides e.g., mRNA
  • the alternative polynucleotides may then be administered to cells, tissue or organisms and outcomes such as protein level, localization, and/or half-life may be measured to evaluate the beneficial effects the heterologous 5 ' -UTR may have on the alternative polynucleotides (mRNA) of the invention.
  • Variants of the 5 ' -UTRs may be utilized wherein one or more nucleotides are added or removed to the termini, including A, T, C or G. 5 ' - UTRs may also be codon-optimized, or altered in any manner described herein.
  • the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides may include at least one translation enhancer element.
  • translation enhancer element refers to sequences that increase the amount of polypeptide or protein produced from a polynucleotide.
  • the TEE may be located between the transcription promoter and the start codon.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) with at least one TEE in the 5 ' -UTR may include a cap at the 5 ' -UTR.
  • at least one TEE may be located in the 5 ' -UTR of polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) undergoing cap- dependent or cap-independent translation.
  • TEEs are conserved elements in the UTR which can promote translational activity of a polynucleotide such as, but not limited to, cap-dependent or cap-independent translation.
  • a polynucleotide such as, but not limited to, cap-dependent or cap-independent translation.
  • the TEEs known may be in the 5 ' -leader of the Gtx homeodomain protein (Chappell et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101 :9590-9594, 2004, the TEEs of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • TEEs are disclosed as SEQ ID NOs: 1 -35 in US Patent Publication No. 2009/0226470, SEQ ID NOs: 1 -35 in US Patent Publication No. 2013/01 77581 , SEQ ID NOs: 1 -35 in International Patent Publication No. WO2009/075886, SEQ ID NOs: 1 -5, and 7-645 in International Patent Publication No. WO2012/009644, SEQ ID NO: 1 in International Patent Publication No. W01999/024595, SEQ ID NO: 1 in US Patent No. 6,310,197, and SEQ ID NO: 1 in US Patent No. 6,849,405, the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TEE may be an internal ribosome entry site (IRES), HCV-IRES or an IRES element such as, but not limited to, those described in US Patent No. 7,468,275, US Patent Publication Nos. 2007/0048776 and 201 1 /01241 00 and International Patent Publication Nos. WO2007/025008 and WO2001 /055369, the IRES sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the IRES elements may include, but are not limited to, the Gtx sequences (e.g., Gtx9-nt, Gtx8-nt, Gtx7-nt) described by Chappell et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101 :9590-9594, 2004) and Zhou et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102:6273-6278, 2005) and in US Patent Publication Nos.
  • Gtx sequences e.g.,
  • Translational enhancer polynucleotides are polynucleotides which include one or more of the specific TEE exemplified herein and/or disclosed in the art (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,310,197, 6,849,405, 7,456,273, 7,183,395, U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20090/226470, 2007/0048776,
  • TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference or their variants, homologs or functional derivatives.
  • One or multiple copies of a specific TEE can be present in the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • the TEEs in the translational enhancer polynucleotides can be organized in one or more sequence segments.
  • a sequence segment can harbor one or more of the specific TEEs exemplified herein, with each TEE being present in one or more copies.
  • multiple sequence segments can be homogenous or heterogeneous.
  • the multiple sequence segments in a translational enhancer polynucleotide can harbor identical or different types of the specific TEEs exemplified herein, identical or different number of copies of each of the specific TEEs, and/or identical or different organization of the TEEs within each sequence segment.
  • the polynucleotides may include at least one TEE that is described in International Patent Publication Nos. W01999/024595, WO2012/009644, WO2009/075886, WO2007/025008, W01999/024595, European Patent Publication Nos. 2610341 and 2610340, US Patent Nos. 6,310,197, 6,849,405, 7,456,273, 7,183,395, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2009/0226470, 201 1 /01241 00, 2007/0048776, 2009/0093049, and 2013/01 77581 the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TEE may be located in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • the polynucleotides may include at least one TEE that has at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% identity with the TEEs described in US Patent Publication Nos. 2009/0226470, 2007/0048776, 2013/0177581 and 201 1 /0124100, International Patent Publication Nos. W01999/024595, WO2012/009644, WO2009/075886 and WO2007/025008, European Patent Publication Nos. 261 0341 and 2610340, US Patent Nos. 6,310,197, 6,849,405, 7,456,273, 7,1 83,395, the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides may include at least 1 , at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 1 1 , at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 1 7, at least 18 at least 19, at least 20, at least 21 , at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55 or more than 60 TEE sequences.
  • the TEE sequences in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may be the same or different TEE sequences.
  • the TEE sequences may be in a pattern such as ABABAB, AABBAABBAABB, or ABCABCABC, or variants thereof, repeated once, twice, or more than three times. In these patterns, each letter, A, B, or C represent a different TEE sequence at the nucleotide level.
  • the 5 ' -UTR may include a spacer to separate two TEE sequences.
  • the spacer may be a 15 nucleotide spacer and/or other spacers known in the art.
  • the 5 ' -UTR may include a TEE sequence-spacer module repeated at least once, at least twice, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, at least 6 times, at least 7 times, at least 8 times, at least 9 times, or more than 9 times in the 5 ' -UTR.
  • the spacer separating two TEE sequences may include other sequences known in the art which may regulate the translation of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention such as, but not limited to, miR sequences (e.g., miR binding sites and miR seeds).
  • miR sequences e.g., miR binding sites and miR seeds.
  • each spacer used to separate two TEE sequences may include a different miR sequence or component of a miR sequence (e.g., miR seed sequence).
  • the TEE in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99% or more than 99% of the TEE sequences disclosed in US Patent Publication Nos. 2009/0226470, 2007/0048776,
  • the TEE in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a 5-30 nucleotide fragment, a 5-25 nucleotide fragment, a 5-20 nucleotide fragment, a 5-1 5 nucleotide fragment, a 5-10 nucleotide fragment of the TEE sequences disclosed in US Patent Publication Nos. 2009/0226470, 2007/0048776,
  • 2013/0177581 and 201 1 /0124100 International Patent Publication Nos. W01999/024595, WO2012/009644, WO2009/075886 and WO2007/025008, European Patent Publication Nos. 2610341 and 2610340, and US Patent Nos. 6,310,197, 6,849,405, 7,456,273, and 7,183,395; the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TEE in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99% or more than 99% of the TEE sequences disclosed in Chappell et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101 :9590-9594, 2004) and Zhou et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102:6273-6278, 2005), in Supplemental Table 1 and in
  • the TEE in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a 5-30 nucleotide fragment, a 5-25 nucleotide fragment, a 5-20 nucleotide fragment, a 5-1 5 nucleotide fragment, a 5-10 nucleotide fragment of the TEE sequences disclosed in Chappell et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101 :9590-9594, 2004) and Zhou et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102:6273-6278, 2005), in Supplemental Table 1 and in
  • the TEE used in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention is an IRES sequence such as, but not limited to, those described in US Patent No. 7,468,275 and International Patent Publication No. WO2001 /055369, the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TEEs used in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may be identified by the methods described in US Patent Publication Nos.
  • the TEEs used in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may be a transcription regulatory element described in US Patent Nos. 7,456,273 and 7,183,395, US Patent Publication No. 2009/0093049, and International Publication No. WO2001 /055371 , the TEE sequences of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the transcription regulatory elements may be identified by methods known in the art, such as, but not limited to, the methods described in US Patent Nos. 7,456,273 and 7,183,395, US Patent Publication No. 2009/0093049, and International Publication No. WO2001 /055371 , the methods of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TEE used in the 5 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention is a polynucleotide or portion thereof as described in US Patent Nos. 7,456,273 and 7,183,395, US Patent Publication No. 2009/0093049, and International Publication No. WO2001 /055371 , the TEE sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the 5 ' -UTR including at least one TEE described herein may be incorporated in a monocistronic sequence such as, but not limited to, a vector system or a polynucleotide vector.
  • a monocistronic sequence such as, but not limited to, a vector system or a polynucleotide vector.
  • the vector systems and polynucleotide vectors may include those described in US Patent Nos.
  • the TEEs described herein may be located in the 5 ' -UTR and/or the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • the TEEs located in the 3 ' -UTR may be the same and/or different than the TEEs located in and/or described for incorporation in the 5 ' -UTR.
  • the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides may include at least 1 , at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 1 1 , at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 1 7, at least 18 at least 19, at least 20, at least 21 , at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55 or more than 60 TEE sequences.
  • the TEE sequences in the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may be the same or different TEE sequences.
  • TEE sequences may be in a pattern such as ABABAB, AABBAABBAABB, or ABCABCABC, or variants thereof, repeated once, twice, or more than three times.
  • each letter, A, B, or C represent a different TEE sequence at the nucleotide level.
  • the 3 ' -UTR may include a spacer to separate two TEE sequences.
  • the spacer may be a 15 nucleotide spacer and/or other spacers known in the art.
  • the 3 ' -UTR may include a TEE sequence-spacer module repeated at least once, at least twice, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, at least 6 times, at least 7 times, at least 8 times, at least 9 times, or more than 9 times in the 3 ' -UTR.
  • the spacer separating two TEE sequences may include other sequences known in the art which may regulate the translation of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention such as, but not limited to, miR sequences described herein (e.g., miR binding sites and miR seeds).
  • miR sequences described herein e.g., miR binding sites and miR seeds.
  • each spacer used to separate two TEE sequences may include a different miR sequence or component of a miR sequence (e.g., miR seed sequence).
  • the incorporation of a miR sequence and/or a TEE sequence changes the shape of the stem loop region which may increase and/or decrease translation, (see e.g, Kedde et al. A
  • alternative polynucleotides e.g., mRNA of the invention would not only encode a polypeptide but also a sensor sequence.
  • Sensor sequences include, for example, miRNA binding sites, transcription factor binding sites, structured mRNA sequences, and/or motifs, or artificial binding sites engineered to act as pseudo-receptors for endogenous polynucleotide binding molecules.
  • Non-limiting examples, of polynucleotides including at least one sensor sequence are described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos.
  • microRNA microRNA
  • profiling of the target cells or tissues is conducted to determine the presence or absence of miRNA in the cells or tissues.
  • miRNAs are 1 9-25 nucleotide long noncoding RNAs that bind to the 3'-UTR of polynucleotides and down-regulate gene expression either by reducing polynucleotide stability or by inhibiting translation.
  • the alternative polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the invention may include one or more miRNA target sequences, miRNA sequences, or miRNA seeds. Such sequences may correspond to any known miRNA such as those taught in US Publication Nos. 2005/0261218 and 2005/0059005, the miRNA sequences of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a miRNA sequence includes a "seed" region, i.e., a sequence in the region of positions 2-8 of the mature miRNA, which sequence has perfect Watson-Crick complementarity to the miRNA target sequence.
  • a miRNA seed may include positions 2-8 or 2-7 of the mature miRNA.
  • a miRNA seed may include 7 nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-8 of the mature miRNA), wherein the seed- complementary site in the corresponding miRNA target is flanked by an adenosine (A) opposed to miRNA position 1 .
  • a miRNA seed may include 6 nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-7 of the mature miRNA), wherein the seed-complementary site in the corresponding miRNA target is flanked by an adenosine (A) opposed to miRNA position 1 .
  • A adenosine
  • the bases of the miRNA seed have complete complementarity with the target sequence.
  • miRNA target sequences into the 3'-UTR of polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the invention
  • polynucleotides e.g., mRNA
  • Identification of miRNA, miRNA target regions, their expression patterns, and their role in biology have been reported (e.g., see Bonauer et al., Curr Drug Targets 2010 1 1 :943-949; Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol 201 1 18:171 -1 76; Contreras and Rao Leukemia 2012 26:404-413 (201 1 Dec 20. doi: 10.1038/leu.201 1 .356); Bartel Cell 2009
  • miR-122 a miRNA abundant in liver, can inhibit the expression of the polypeptide of interest if one or multiple target sites of miR-122 are engineered into the 3'-UTR of the alternative polynucleotides.
  • miRNA site refers to a miRNA target site or a miRNA recognition site, or any nucleotide sequence to which a miRNA binds or associates. It should be understood that “binding” may follow traditional Watson- Crick hybridization rules or may reflect any stable association of the miRNA with the target sequence at or adjacent to the miRNA site.
  • miRNA binding sites can be engineered out of (i.e., removed from) sequences in which they naturally occur in order to increase protein expression in specific tissues.
  • miR-122 binding sites may be removed to improve protein expression in the liver.
  • the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention may include at least one miRNA-binding site in the 3 ' -UTR in order to direct cytotoxic or cytoprotective polynucleotide therapeutics to specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal and/or cancerous cells (e.g., HEP3B or SNU449).
  • specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal and/or cancerous cells (e.g., HEP3B or SNU449).
  • the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention may include three miRNA-binding sites in the 3 ' -UTR in order to direct cytotoxic or cytoprotective polynucleotide therapeutics to specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal, and/or cancerous cells (e.g., HEP3B or SNU449).
  • specific cells such as, but not limited to, normal, and/or cancerous cells (e.g., HEP3B or SNU449).
  • Regulation of expression in multiple tissues can be accomplished through introduction and/or removal of one or several polynucleotide binding sites.
  • the decision of removal and/or insertion of miRNA binding sites, or any combination, is dependent on miRNA expression patterns and their profilings in diseases.
  • tissues where miRNA are known to regulate mRNA, and thereby protein expression include, but are not limited to, liver (miR-122), muscle (miR-133, miR-206, miR-208), endothelial cells (miR-17-92, miR-126), myeloid cells (miR-142-3p, miR-142-5p, miR-16, miR-21 , miR-223, miR-24, miR- 27), adipose tissue (let-7, miR-30c), heart (miR-1 d, miR-149), kidney (miR-192, miR-194, miR-204), and lung epithelial cells (let-7, miR-133, miR-126).
  • liver miR-122
  • muscle miR-133, miR-206, miR-208
  • endothelial cells miR-17-92, miR-126
  • myeloid cells miR-142-3p, miR-142-5p, miR-16, miR-21 , miR-22
  • miRNAs are known to be differentially expressed in immune cells, such as antigen presenting cells (APCs) (e.g., dendritic cells and macrophages), macrophages, monocytes, B
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • macrophages e.g., monocytes, B
  • Immune cell specific miRNAs are involved in immunogenicity, autoimmunity, the immune-response to infection, inflammation, as well as unwanted immune response after gene therapy and tissue/organ transplantation. Immune cells specific miRNAs also regulate many aspects of development, proliferation, differentiation and apoptosis of immune cells. For example, miR-142 and miR-146 are exclusively expressed in the immune cells, particularly abundant in myeloid dendritic cells. It was demonstrated in the art that the immune response to exogenous polynucleotides was shut-off by adding miR-142 binding sites to the 3 ' -UTR of the delivered gene construct, enabling more stable gene transfer in tissues and cells.
  • miR-142 efficiently degrades the exogenous polynucleotide in antigen presenting cells and suppresses cytotoxic elimination of transduced cells (e.g., see Annoni A et al., Blood, 2009, 1 14, 5152-5161 ; Brown BD, et al., Nat Med. 2006, 12(5), 585-591 ; and Brown BD, et al., Blood, 2007, 1 10(13): 4144-41 52).
  • An antigen-mediated immune response can refer to an immune response triggered by foreign antigens, which, when entering an organism, are processed by the antigen presenting cells and displayed on the surface of the antigen presenting cells. T-cells can recognize the presented antigen and induce a cytotoxic elimination of cells that express the antigen.
  • Introducing the miR-142 binding site into the 3 ' -UTR of a polynucleotide of the present invention can selectively repress the gene expression in the antigen presenting cells through miR-142 mediated polynucleotide degradation, limiting antigen presentation in APCs (e.g., dendritic cells), and thereby preventing antigen-mediated immune response after the delivery of the polynucleotides.
  • APCs e.g., dendritic cells
  • polynucleotides are therefore stably expressed in target tissues or cells without triggering cytotoxic elimination.
  • miRNAs binding sites that are known to be expressed in immune cells can be engineered into the polynucleotide to suppress the expression of the sensor-signal polynucleotide in APCs through miRNA mediated polynucleotide degradation, subduing the antigen-mediated immune response, while the expression of the polynucleotide is maintained in non-immune cells where the immune cell specific miRNAs are not expressed.
  • the miR-122 binding site can be removed and the miR-142 (and/or miR-146) binding sites can be engineered into the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotide.
  • the polynucleotide may include another negative regulatory element in the 3 ' -UTR, either alone or in combination with mir-142 and/or mir-146 binding sites.
  • one regulatory element is the Constitutive Decay Elements (CDEs).
  • the binding sites of embryonic stem cell specific miRNAs can be included in or removed from the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotide to modulate the development and/or differentiation of embryonic stem cells, to inhibit the senescence of stem cells in a degenerative condition (e.g., degenerative diseases), or to stimulate the senescence and apoptosis of stem cells in a disease condition (e.g., cancer stem cells).
  • a degenerative condition e.g., degenerative diseases
  • apoptosis of stem cells e.g., cancer stem cells
  • miRNA sites that are over-expressed in certain cancer and/or tumor cells can be removed from the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of interest, restoring the expression suppressed by the over-expressed miRNAs in cancer cells, thus ameliorating the co-responsive biological function, for instance, transcription stimulation and/or repression, cell cycle arrest, apoptosis, and cell death.
  • normal cells and tissues, wherein miRNAs expression is not up- regulated, will remain unaffected.
  • MiRNA can also regulate complex biological processes such as angiogenesis (miR-132) (Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol 201 1 18:171 -176).
  • binding sites for miRNAs that are involved in such processes may be removed or introduced, in order to tailor the expression of the alternative polynucleotides expression to biologically relevant cell types or to the context of relevant biological processes.
  • the polynucleotides are defined as auxotrophic polynucleotides.
  • MiRNA gene regulation may be influenced by the sequence surrounding the miRNA such as, but not limited to, the species of the surrounding sequence, the type of sequence (e.g., heterologous, homologous, or artificial), regulatory elements in the surrounding sequence and/or structural elements in the surrounding sequence.
  • the miRNA may be influenced by the 5 ' -UTR and/or the 3 ' -UTR.
  • a non-human 3 ' -UTR may increase the regulatory effect of the miRNA sequence on the expression of a polypeptide of interest compared to a human 3 ' -UTR of the same sequence type.
  • other regulatory elements and/or structural elements of the 5 ' -UTR can influence miRNA mediated gene regulation.
  • a regulatory element and/or structural element is a structured IRES (Internal Ribosome Entry Site) in the 5 ' UTR, which is necessary for the binding of translational elongation factors to initiate protein translation. EIF4A2 binding to this secondarily structured element in the 5 ' -UTR is necessary for miRNA mediated gene expression (e.g., see Meijer HA et al., Science, 2013, 340, 82-85).
  • the alternative polynucleotides of the invention can further be alternative to include this structured 5 ' -UTR in order to enhance miRNA mediated gene regulation.
  • At least one miRNA site can be engineered into the 3 ' -UTR of the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, at least ten, or more miRNA sites may be engineered into the 3 ' - UTR of the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the miRNA sites incorporated into the alternative polynucleotides may be the same or may be different miRNA sites.
  • the miRNA sites incorporated into the alternative polynucleotides may target the same or different tissues in the body.
  • tissue-, cell-type-, or disease-specific miRNA binding sites in the 3 ' -UTR of an alternative polynucleotide e.g., mRNA
  • the degree of expression in specific cell types e.g., hepatocytes, myeloid cells, endothelial cells, cancer cells
  • cell types e.g., hepatocytes, myeloid cells, endothelial cells, cancer cells
  • a miRNA site can be engineered near the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR, about halfway between the 5 ' -terminus and 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR, and/or near the 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' - UTR.
  • a miRNA site may be engineered near the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR and about halfway between the 5 ' -terminus and 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • a miRNA site may be engineered near the 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR and about halfway between the 5 ' -terminus and 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • a miRNA site may be engineered near the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR and near the 3 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • a 3 ' -UTR can include four miRNA sites.
  • the miRNA sites may be complete miRNA binding sites, miRNA seed sequences, and/or miRNA binding site sequences without the seed sequence.
  • a polynucleotide of the invention may be engineered to include at least one miRNA in order to dampen the antigen presentation by antigen presenting cells.
  • the miRNA may be the complete miRNA sequence, the miRNA seed sequence, the miRNA sequence without the seed or a combination thereof.
  • the miRNA incorporated into the polynucleotide may be specific to the hematopoietic system.
  • the miRNA incorporated into the polynucleotide of the invention to dampen antigen presentation is miR-142-3p.
  • a polynucleotide may be engineered to include miRNA sites which are expressed in different tissues of a subject.
  • an alternative polynucleotide of the present invention may be engineered to include miR-192 and miR-122 to regulate expression of the alternative polynucleotide in the liver and kidneys of a subject.
  • an alternative polynucleotide may be engineered to include more than one miRNA sites for the same tissue.
  • an alternative polynucleotide of the present invention may be engineered to include miR-17-92 and miR-126 to regulate expression of the alternative polynucleotide in endothelial cells of a subject.
  • the therapeutic window and or differential expression associated with the target polypeptide encoded by the alternative polynucleotide encoding a signal (also referred to herein as a polynucleotide) of the invention may be altered.
  • polynucleotides may be designed whereby a death signal is more highly expressed in cancer cells (or a survival signal in a normal cell) by virtue of the miRNA signature of those cells.
  • a cancer cell expresses a lower level of a particular miRNA, the polynucleotide encoding the binding site for that miRNA (or miRNAs) would be more highly expressed.
  • the target polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide is selected as a protein which triggers or induces cell death.
  • Neighboring non-cancer cells, harboring a higher expression of the same miRNA would be less affected by the encoded death signal as the polynucleotide would be expressed at a lower level due to the effects of the miRNA binding to the binding site or "sensor" encoded in the 3 ' - UTR.
  • cell survival or cytoprotective signals may be delivered to tissues containing cancer and non-cancerous cells where a miRNA has a higher expression in the cancer cells— the result being a lower survival signal to the cancer cell and a larger survival signature to the normal cell.
  • Multiple polynucleotides may be designed and administered having different signals according to the previous paradigm.
  • the expression of a polynucleotide may be controlled by incorporating at least one sensor sequence in the polynucleotide and formulating the polynucleotide.
  • a polynucleotide may be targeted to an orthotopic tumor by having a polynucleotide incorporating a miR-122 binding site and formulated in a lipid nanoparticle including the cationic lipid DLin-KC2-DMA.
  • the polynucleotides may be altered as to avoid the deficiencies of other polypeptide-encoding molecules of the art. Hence, in this embodiment the polynucleotides are referred to as alternative polynucleotides.
  • alternative polynucleotides can be engineered for more targeted expression in specific cell types or only under specific biological conditions.
  • tissue-specific miRNA binding sites By introduction of tissue-specific miRNA binding sites, alternative polynucleotides could be designed that would be optimal for protein expression in a tissue or in the context of a biological condition.
  • Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell lines, using engineered alternative polynucleotides and protein production can be assayed at various time points post-transfection.
  • cells can be transfected with different miRNA binding site-engineering polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) and by using an ELISA kit to the relevant protein and assaying protein produced at 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, and 7 days post-transfection.
  • miRNA binding site-engineering polynucleotides e.g., mRNA
  • alternative polynucleotides can be designed to incorporate miRNA binding region sites that either have 100% identity to known seed sequences or have less than 100% identity to seed sequences.
  • the seed sequence can be partially mutated to decrease miRNA binding affinity and as such result in reduced downmodulation of that polynucleotide transcript.
  • the degree of match or mis-match between the target polynucleotide and the miRNA seed can act as a rheostat to more finely tune the ability of the miRNA to modulate protein expression.
  • mutation in the non-seed region of a miRNA binding site may also impact the ability of a miRNA to modulate protein expression.
  • a miR sequence may be incorporated into the loop of a stem loop.
  • a miR seed sequence may be incorporated in the loop of a stem loop and a miR binding site may be incorporated into the 5 ' - or 3 ' -stem of the stem loop.
  • a TEE may be incorporated on the 5 ' -end of the stem of a stem loop and a miR seed may be incorporated into the stem of the stem loop.
  • a TEE may be incorporated on the 5 ' -end of the stem of a stem loop, a miR seed may be incorporated into the stem of the stem loop, and/or a miR binding site may be incorporated into the 3 ' -end of the stem or the sequence after the stem loop.
  • the miR seed and the miR binding site may be for the same and/or different miR sequences.
  • the incorporation of a miR sequence and/or a TEE sequence changes the shape of the stem loop region which may increase and/or decrease translation, (see e.g, Kedde et al. Nature Cell Biology. 2010).
  • the incorporation of a miR sequence and/or a TEE sequence changes the shape of the stem loop region which may increase and/or decrease translation, (see e.g, Kedde et al. Nature Cell Biology. 2010).
  • the 5 ' -UTR may include at least one miRNA sequence.
  • the miRNA sequence may be, but is not limited to, a 19 or 22 nucleotide sequence and/or a miRNA sequence without the seed.
  • the miRNA sequence in the 5 ' -UTR may be used to stabilize the
  • polynucleotide e.g., mRNA
  • a miRNA sequence in the 5 ' -UTR may be used to decrease the accessibility of the site of translation initiation such as, but not limited to a start codon.
  • Matsuda et al (PLoS One. 2010 1 1 (5):e1 5057) used antisense locked nucleic acid (LNA) oligonucleotides and exon- junction complexes (EJCs) around a start codon (-4 to +37 where the A of the AUG codons is +1 ) in order to decrease the accessibility to the first start codon (AUG).
  • LNA antisense locked nucleic acid
  • EJCs exon- junction complexes
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a miRNA sequence, instead of the LNA or EJC sequence described by Matsuda et al, near the site of translation initiation in order to decrease the accessibility to the site of translation initiation.
  • the site of translation initiation may be prior to, after or within the miRNA sequence.
  • the site of translation initiation may be located within a miRNA sequence such as a seed sequence or binding site.
  • the site of translation initiation may be located within a miR-122 sequence such as the seed sequence or the mir-122 binding site.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one miRNA in order to dampen the antigen presentation by antigen presenting cells.
  • the miRNA may be the complete miRNA sequence, the miRNA seed sequence, the miRNA sequence without the seed or a combination thereof.
  • polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may be specific to the hematopoietic system.
  • the miRNA incorporated into the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention to dampen antigen presentation is miR-142-3p.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one miRNA in order to dampen expression of the encoded polypeptide in a cell of interest.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one miR-122 binding site in order to dampen expression of an encoded polypeptide of interest in the liver.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one miR-142-3p binding site, miR-142-3p seed sequence, miR-142-3p binding site without the seed, miR-142-5p binding site, miR-142-5p seed sequence, miR-142-5p binding site without the seed, miR-146 binding site, miR-146 seed sequence and/or miR-146 binding site without the seed sequence.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one miRNA binding site in the 3 ' -UTR in order to selectively degrade polynucleotide therapeutics in the immune cells to subdue unwanted immunogenic reactions caused by therapeutic delivery.
  • the miRNA binding site may be the alternative polynucleotides more unstable in antigen presenting cells.
  • Non-limiting examples of these miRNA include mir-142-5p, mir-142-3p, mir-146a-5p and mir-146-3p.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention includes at least one miRNA sequence in a region of the polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) which may interact with a RNA binding protein.
  • RNA Motifs for RNA Binding Proteins (RBPs)
  • RNA binding proteins can regulate numerous aspects of co- and post-transcription gene expression such as, but not limited to, RNA splicing, localization, translation, turnover, polyadenylation, capping, alteration, export and localization.
  • RNA-binding domains such as, but not limited to, RNA recognition motifs (RR) and hnRNP K-homology (KH) domains, typically regulate the sequence association between RBPs and their RNA targets (Ray et al. Nature 2013. 499:172-177).
  • the canonical RBDs can bind short RNA sequences.
  • the canonical RBDs can recognize structure RNAs.
  • an polynucleotide encoding HuR can be co-transfected or co-injected along with the polynucleotide of interest into the cells or into the tissue.
  • These proteins can also be tethered to the polynucleotide of interest in vitro and then administered to the cells together.
  • Poly A binding protein, PABP interacts with eukaryotic translation initiation factor elF4G to stimulate translational initiation.
  • Co-administration of polynucleotides encoding these RBPs along with the polynucleotide drug and/or tethering these proteins to the polynucleotide drug in vitro and administering the protein-bound polynucleotide into the cells can increase the translational efficiency of the polynucleotide.
  • the same concept can be extended to co-administration of
  • polynucleotide along with polynucleotides encoding various translation factors and facilitators as well as with the proteins themselves to influence polynucleotide stability and/or translational efficiency.
  • the polynucleotides may include at least one RNA-binding motif such as, but not limited to a RNA-binding domain (RBD).
  • RNA-binding motif such as, but not limited to a RNA-binding domain (RBD).
  • the RBD may be any of the RBDs, fragments, or variants thereof described by Ray et al. (Nature 2013. 499:172-1 77; the RBD sequences of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a sequence for at least one RNA-binding domain (RBDs).
  • RBDs RNA-binding domains
  • At least one flanking region may include at least one RBD.
  • the first flanking region and the second flanking region may both include at least one RBD.
  • the RBD may be the same or each of the RBDs may have at least 60% sequence identity to the other RBD.
  • at least one RBD may be located before, after, and/or within the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention.
  • at least one RBD may be located before or within the first 300 nucleosides of the 3 ' -UTR.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one RBD in the first region of linked nucleosides.
  • the RBD may be located before, after, or within a coding region (e.g., the ORF).
  • the first region of linked nucleosides and/or at least one flanking region may include at least one RBD.
  • the first region of linked nucleosides may include a RBD related to splicing factors and at least one flanking region may include a RBD for stability and/or translation factors.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include at least one RBD located in a coding and/or non-coding region of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • At least one RBD may be incorporated into at least one flanking region to increase the stability of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention.
  • a miRNA sequence in a RNA binding protein motif may be used to decrease the accessibility of the site of translation initiation such as, but not limited to a start codon.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a miRNA sequence, instead of the LNA or EJC sequence described by Matsuda et al, near the site of translation initiation in order to decrease the accessibility to the site of translation initiation.
  • the site of translation initiation may be prior to, after, or within the miRNA sequence.
  • the site of translation initiation may be located within a miRNA sequence such as a seed sequence or binding site.
  • the site of translation initiation may be located within a miR-122 sequence such as the seed sequence or the mir-122 binding site.
  • an antisense locked nucleic acid (LNA) oligonucleotides and exon- junction complexes (EJCs) may be used in the RNA binding protein motif.
  • the LNA and EJCs may be used around a start codon (-4 to +37 where the A of the AUG codons is +1 ) in order to decrease the accessibility to the first start codon (AUG).
  • polynucleotides of the present invention may include a triple helix on the 3 ' - end of the alternative polynucleotide.
  • the 3 ' -end of the polynucleotides of the present invention may include a triple helix alone or in combination with a poly-A region.
  • the polynucleotide of the present invention may include at least a first and a second U-rich region, a conserved stem loop region between the first and second region, and/or an A-rich region.
  • the first and second U-rich region and the A-rich region may associate to form a triple helix on the 3 ' -end of the polynucleotide.
  • This triple helix may stabilize the polynucleotide, enhance the translational efficiency of the polynucleotide and/or protect the 3 ' -end from degradation.
  • Exemplary triple helices include, but are not limited to, the triple helix sequence of metastasis-associated lung
  • the 3 ' -end of the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention includes a first U-rich region including TTTTTCTTTT (SEQ ID NO: 1 ), a second U-rich region including TTTTGCTTTTT (SEQ ID NO: 2) or TTTTGCTTTT (SEQ ID NO: 3), and/or an A-rich region including AAAAAGCAAAA (SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • the 3 ' -end of the polynucleotides of the present invention includes a triple helix formation structure including a first U-rich region, a conserved region, a second U-rich region, and an A-rich region.
  • the triple helix may be formed from the cleavage of a MALAT1 sequence prior to the cloverleaf structure.
  • MALAT1 is a long non-coding RNA which, when cleaved, forms a triple helix and a tRNA-like cloverleaf structure.
  • the MALAT1 transcript then localizes to nuclear speckles and the tRNA-like cloverleaf localizes to the cytoplasm (e.g., see Wilusz et al. Cell 2008 135(5): 919-932).
  • the terminal end of the polynucleotide of the present invention including the MALAT1 sequence can then form a triple helix structure, after RNaseP cleavage from the cloverleaf structure, which stabilizes the polynucleotide (e.g., see Peart et al. Non-mRNA 3 ' -end formation: how the other half lives; WIREs RNA 2013).
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) described herein include a MALAT1 sequence.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) may be polyadenylated.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) is not polyadenylated but has an increased resistance to degradation compared to unaltered polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention may include a MALAT1 sequence in the second flanking region (e.g., the 3 ' -UTR).
  • the MALAT1 sequence may be human or mouse.
  • the cloverleaf structure of the MALAT1 sequence may also undergo processing by RNaseZ and CCA adding enzyme to form a tRNA-like structure called mascRNA
  • the mascRNA may encode a protein or a fragment thereof and/or may include a miRNA sequence.
  • the mascRNA may include at least one chemical alteration described herein.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention may include a stem loop such as, but not limited to, a histone stem loop.
  • the stem loop may be a nucleotide sequence that is about 25 or about 26 nucleotides in length such as, but not limited to, SEQ ID NOs: 7-17 as described in
  • the histone stem loop may be located 3 ' -relative to the coding region (e.g., at the 3 ' -terminus of the coding region).
  • the stem loop may be located at the 3 ' -end of a polynucleotide described herein.
  • the polynucleotide includes more than one stem loop (e.g., two stem loops).
  • the polynucleotides include any of the stem loop sequences described in International Patent Publication Nos.
  • the polynucleotide includes the stem loop sequence CAAAGGCTCTTTTCAGAGCCACCA (SEQ ID NO: 5). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide includes the stem loop sequence
  • the stem loop may be located in a second terminal region.
  • the stem loop may be located within an untranslated region (e.g., 3 ' -UTR) in a second terminal region.
  • the polynucleotide such as, but not limited to mRNA, which includes the histone stem loop may be stabilized by the addition of a 3 ' -stabilizing region (e.g., a 3 ' -stabilizing region including at least one chain terminating nucleoside).
  • a 3 ' -stabilizing region e.g., a 3 ' -stabilizing region including at least one chain terminating nucleoside.
  • the addition of at least one chain terminating nucleoside may slow the degradation of a polynucleotide and thus can increase the half-life of the polynucleotide.
  • the polynucleotide such as, but not limited to mRNA, which includes the histone stem loop may be stabilized by an alteration to the 3 ' -region of the polynucleotide that can prevent and/or inhibit the addition of oligio(U) (see e.g., International Patent Publication No.
  • the polynucleotide such as, but not limited to mRNA, which includes the histone stem loop may be stabilized by the addition of an oligonucleotide that terminates in a 3 ' - deoxynucleoside, 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxynucleoside 3 ' -0- methylnucleosides, 3 ' -0-ethylnucleosides, 3 ' - arabinosides, and other alternative nucleosides known in the art and/or described herein.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention may include a histone stem loop, a poly-A region, and/or a 5 ' -cap structure.
  • the histone stem loop may be before and/or after the poly-A region.
  • the polynucleotides including the histone stem loop and a poly-A region sequence may include a chain terminating nucleoside described herein.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention may include a histone stem loop and a 5 ' -cap structure.
  • the 5 ' -cap structure may include, but is not limited to, those described herein and/or known in the art.
  • the conserved stem loop region may include a miR sequence described herein.
  • the stem loop region may include the seed sequence of a miR sequence described herein.
  • the stem loop region may include a miR- 122 seed sequence.
  • the conserved stem loop region may include a miR sequence described herein and may also include a TEE sequence.
  • the incorporation of a miR sequence and/or a TEE sequence changes the shape of the stem loop region which may increase and/or decrease translation, (see e.g, Kedde et al. A Pumilio-induced RNA structure switch in p27-3 ' UTR controls miR-221 and miR-22 accessibility. Nature Cell Biology. 2010, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • the alternative polynucleotides described herein may include at least one histone stem-loop and a poly-A region or polyadenylation signal.
  • Non-limiting examples of polynucleotide sequences encoding for at least one histone stem-loop and a poly-A region or a polyadenylation signal are described in International Patent Publication No. WO2013/120497, WO2013/120629,
  • WO2013/120628 the sequences of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • polyadenylation signal may code for a pathogen antigen or fragment thereof such as the polynucleotide sequences described in International Patent Publication No WO2013/120499 and WO2013/120628, the sequences of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the polynucleotide encoding for a histone stem loop and a poly-A region or a polyadenylation signal may code for a therapeutic protein such as the polynucleotide sequences described in International Patent Publication No WO2013/120497 and WO2013/120629, the sequences of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the polynucleotide encoding for a histone stem loop and a poly- A region or a polyadenylation signal may code for a tumor antigen or fragment thereof such as the polynucleotide sequences described in International Patent Publication No WO2013/120500 and WO2013/120627, the sequences of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • polyadenylation signal may code for a allergenic antigen or an autoimmune self-antigen such as the polynucleotide sequences described in International Patent Publication No WO2013/120498 and WO2013/120626, the sequences of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Poly-A Regions are described in International Patent Publication No WO2013/120498 and WO2013/120626, the sequences of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • poly-A region a long chain of adenosine nucleotides (poly-A region) is normally added to messenger RNA (mRNA) molecules to increase the stability of the molecule.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • poly-A polymerase adds a chain of adenosine nucleotides to the RNA.
  • the process called polyadenylation, adds a poly-A region that is between 100 and 250 residues long.
  • Unique poly-A region lengths may provide certain advantages to the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the length of a poly-A region of the present invention is at least 30 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-A region is at least 35 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the length is at least 40 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 45 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 55 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 60 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 70 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 80 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 90 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 100 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 120 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 140 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 160 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 180 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 250 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 350 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 450 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 500 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 600 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 700 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 900 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1 100 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1600 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 1700 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1900 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 3000 nucleotides.
  • the poly-A region may be 80 nucleotides, 120 nucleotides, 1 60 nucleotides in length on an alternative polynucleotide molecule described herein.
  • the poly-A region may be 20, 40, 80, 100, 120, 140 or 1 60 nucleotides in length on an alternative polynucleotide molecule described herein.
  • the poly-A region is designed relative to the length of the overall alternative polynucleotide. This design may be based on the length of the coding region of the alternative polynucleotide, the length of a particular feature or region of the alternative polynucleotide (such as mRNA), or based on the length of the ultimate product expressed from the alternative polynucleotide.
  • the poly-A region may be 1 0, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100% greater in length than the additional feature.
  • the poly-A region may also be designed as a fraction of the alternative polynucleotide to which it belongs.
  • the poly-A region may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90% or more of the total length of the construct or the total length of the construct minus the poly-A region.
  • engineered binding sites and/or the conjugation of polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) for poly-A binding protein may be used to enhance expression.
  • the engineered binding sites may be sensor sequences which can operate as binding sites for ligands of the local microenvironment of the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA).
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) may include at least one engineered binding site to alter the binding affinity of poly-A binding protein (PABP) and analogs thereof. The incorporation of at least one engineered binding site may increase the binding affinity of the PABP and analogs thereof.
  • PABP poly-A binding protein
  • multiple distinct polynucleotides may be linked together to the PABP (poly-A binding protein) through the 3'-end using alternative nucleotides at the 3'-terminus of the poly-A region.
  • Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell lines at and protein production can be assayed by ELISA at 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, and day 7 post-transfection. As a non- limiting example, the transfection experiments may be used to evaluate the effect on PABP or analogs thereof binding affinity as a result of the addition of at least one engineered binding site.
  • a poly-A region may be used to modulate translation initiation. While not wishing to be bound by theory, the poly-A region recruits PABP which in turn can interact with translation initiation complex and thus may be essential for protein synthesis.
  • a poly-A region may also be used in the present invention to protect against 3 ' -5 ' -exonuclease digestion.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention are designed to include a polyA-G quartet.
  • the G-quartet is a cyclic hydrogen bonded array of four guanosine nucleotides that can be formed by G-rich sequences in both DNA and RNA.
  • the G- quartet is incorporated at the end of the poly-A region.
  • the resultant polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) may be assayed for stability, protein production and other parameters including half-life at various time points. It has been discovered that the polyA-G quartet results in protein production equivalent to at least 75% of that seen using a poly-A region of 120 nucleotides alone.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a poly-A region and may be stabilized by the addition of a 3 ' -stabilizing region.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) with a poly-A region may further include a 5 ' -cap structure.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) of the present invention may include a poly-A-G quartet.
  • the polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA) with a poly-A-G quartet may further include a 5 ' - cap structure.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region which may be used to stabilize the polynucleotides
  • poly-A region or poly-A-G quartet may be, but is not limited to, those described in International Patent Publication No. WO2013/103659, the poly-A regions and poly-A-G quartets of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region which may be used with the present invention include a chain termination nucleoside such as 3 ' -deoxyadenosine (cordycepin), 3 ' -deoxyuridine, 3 ' -deoxycytosine, 3 ' -deoxyguanosine, 3 ' -deoxythymine, 2 ' ,3 ' - dideoxynucleosides, such as 2 ' ,3 ' - dideoxyadenosine, 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxyuridine, 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxycytosine, 2 ' , 3 ' - dideoxyguanosine, 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxythymine, a 2 ' -deoxynucleoside, or an O-methylnucleoside.
  • a chain termination nucleoside such as 3 ' -deoxyadenosine (cordycepin
  • the polynucleotide such as, but not limited to mRNA, which include a polyA region or a poly-A-G quartet may be stabilized by an alteration to the 3 ' -region of the
  • polynucleotide that can prevent and/or inhibit the addition of oligio(U) (see e.g., International Patent Publication No. WO2013/1 03659).
  • the polynucleotide such as, but not limited to mRNA, which include a poly-A region or a poly-A-G quartet may be stabilized by the addition of an oligonucleotide that terminates in a 3 ' -deoxynucleoside, 2 ' ,3 ' -dideoxynucleoside 3 ' -0- methylnucleosides, 3 ' -0- ethylnucleosides, 3 ' -arabinosides, and other alternative nucleosides known in the art and/or described herein.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention include a poly-C region.
  • the length of a poly-C region of the present invention is at least 1 0 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-C region is at least 15 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-C region is at least 20 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-C region is at least 25 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-C region is at least 30 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the poly-C region is at least 35 nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the length is at least 40 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 45 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 55 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 60 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 70 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 80 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 90 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1 00 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 120 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 140 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 160 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 180 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 250 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 350 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 450 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 600 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 700 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 900 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1 100 nucleotides.
  • the length is at least 1200 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1300 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1400 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1600 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1700 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1800 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 1900 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2000 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 2500 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the length is at least 3000 nucleotides.
  • the poly-C region may be 80 nucleotides, 120 nucleotides, or 160 nucleotides in length in an alternative polynucleotide molecule described herein.
  • the poly-C region may be 20, 40, 80, 1 00, 120, 140 or 160 nucleotides in length in an alternative polynucleotide molecule described herein.
  • the length of the poly-C region is designed relative to the length of the overall alternative polynucleotide. This design may be based on the length of the coding region of the alternative polynucleotide, the length of a particular feature or region of the alternative polynucleotide (such as mRNA), or based on the length of the ultimate product expressed from the alternative polynucleotide.
  • the poly-C region may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100% greater in length than the additional feature.
  • the poly-C region may also be designed as a fraction of the alternative polynucleotide to which it belongs.
  • the poly-C region may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90% or more of the total length of the construct or the total length of the construct minus the poly-C region.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention further include one or more complimentary stabilizing polynucleotides.
  • a complimentary stabilizing polynucleotide is a polynucleotide including 5 to 20 nucleotides which is complementary to at or near one of both termini of a polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA).
  • a complimentary stabilizing polynucleotide increases the stability (e.g., plasma stability) and/or expression levels of a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • a complimentary stabilizing polynucleotide is complementary at or near the 5'-terminus of a polynucleotide of the invention. In some embodiments, a complimentary stabilizing polynucleotide is complementary at or near the 3'-terminus of a polynucleotide of the invention. In some embodiments, one or more complimentary stabilizing polynucleotides are complementary to both a 5'-region and a 3'- region of a polynucleotide of the invention and when bound to the polynucleotide of the invention form a circulized construct with the polynucleotide of the invention. In some aspects, the invention provides a composition including a polynucleotide of the invention and one or more complementary stabilizing polynucleotides that form a circularized construct when bound to the polynucleotide of the invention.
  • the 3 ' -ends of most polynucleotides are polyadenylated.
  • the poly-A tail is added to the 3 ' -end to promote translation and inhibit degradation of the polynucleotide by the exosome and exonucleases.
  • Polyadenylation also plays a role in transcription termination, export of polynucleotide from the nucleus to the cytosol, and translation. Polyadenylation regulates intracellular molecular activities, incuding RNA stability and translational efficiency.
  • Stabilization of a specific polynucleotide in eukaryotic cells is of interest because the protein encoded by the polynucleotide may be produced in larger quantities because of a longer exposure of the polynucleotide to translational machinery.
  • the present invention features 3 ' -stabilizing regions which result in increased stability of the polynucleotide as compared to the corresponding polynucleotide without the 3 ' -stabilizing region.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes an alternative nucleoside.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the remainder of the polynucleotide through a linker (e.g., a linker that can be formed by a click chemistry reaction between a click-chemistry reaction pair).
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes the 3 ' -terminus of the polynucleotide.
  • the 3 ' -stabilzing region is conjugated to the 3 ' -UTR of the polynucleotide.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the poly-A region.
  • the 3'-stabilizing region includes one or more non-nucleosides (e.g., an abasic ribose).
  • the one or more non-nuclosides are at the 5'-terminus, the 3'- terminus, and/or at an internal position of the 3'-stabilizing region.
  • the polynucleotide includes i) a coding region; ii) a 5 ' -UTR optionally including a Kozak sequence; iii) a 3 ' -UTR; iv) at least one 5 ' -cap structure; v) a poly-A region; and vi) a 3 ' -stabilizing region, wherein the 3 ' -stabilizing region is conjugated to the poly-A region through a linker that can be formed by a click chemistry reaction between a click-chemistry reaction pair.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes L-nucleosides (e.g., L-adenosine).
  • all of the nucleosides in the 3 ' -stabilizing region are L-nucleosides (e.g., L-adenosine).
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region includes at least two different alternative nucleosides (e.g., 2 ' -0-methyl adenosine and an inverted thymidine or a-thio-2 ' -0-methyl adenosine and an inverted thymidine).
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region has at least 5 nucleosides (e.g., at least 10 nucleosides, at least 20 nucleosides, at least 30 nucleosides, at least 40 nucleosides, at least 50 nucleosides).
  • the polynucleotide comprises i) a coding region which encodes a polypeptide; ii) a 5'-UTR including a Kozak sequence; iii) a 3'-UTR; iv) at least one 5'-cap structure such as CapO, Cap1 , Cap2, or an ARCA cap; v) a poly-A region (e.g., a poly-A region including 100 adenosine); and vi) a 3'-stabilizing region (e.g., a 3'-stabilizing region including ten nucleosides such as ten L-adenosine or seven adenosines, two 2'-0-methyl adenosines, and an inverted thymidine, wherein said 3'-stabilizing region in conjugated to the poly-A region through a linker and wherein the linker can be formed by a click chemistry reaction between a click chemistry pair and/or the linker includes a morph
  • a polypeptide is conjugated to a polynucleotide via a linker having the structure of Formula XIII.
  • a polynucleotide is reacted with an oxidant (e.g., sodium periodate) resulting in oxidative ring opening of the sugar at the 3 ' -terminus into a dialdehyde, followed by condensation with a polypeptide including an aminooxy group, e.g., at the N-terminus, at the C-terminus, or at an internal position such as a modified lysine.
  • an oxidant e.g., sodium periodate
  • Polypeptides that may be conjugated to the polynucleotides of the invention include nuclear localization peptides, ER localization peptides, endosomal escape peptides, immune stimulation peptides, golgi apparatus localization peptides, lysosomal localization peptides, mitochondrial localization peptides, and/or peptide that may be used in affinity chromatography.
  • the polypeptides conjugated to the polynucleotides of the invention may add in localization of the polynucleotide to a desired location in the cell and/or aid in purification of the polynucleotide.
  • the polypeptide conjugated to the polynucleotides of the invention is any of the polypeptides listed in Table 1 :
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region may be conjugated to the remainder of the polynucleotide either directly (e.g., through a covalent bond) or through a linker.
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region and the remainder of the polynucleotide may be conjugated through reactions of sulfhydryl groups (-SH), amino groups (amines), and/or hydroxyls or any appropriate reactive group.
  • Homobifunctional and heterobifunctional cross-linkers (conjugation agents) are available from many commercial sources. Regions available for cross-linking may be found on the polynucleotides and 3 ' -stabilizing regions of the present invention.
  • the cross-linker may include a flexible arm, e.g., of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, or 15 carbon atoms.
  • Exemplary cross-linkers include BS3
  • BS3 is a homobifunctional N-hydroxysuccinimide ester that targets accessible primary amines
  • NHS/EDC N-hydroxysuccinimide and N-ethyl-N ' - (dimethylaminopropyl)carbodimide
  • NHS/EDC allows for the conjugation of primary amine groups with carboxyl groups
  • sulfo-EMCS [N-e-Maleimidocaproic acid]hydrazide
  • sulfo-EMCS are heterobifunctional reactive groups (maleimide and NHS-ester) that are reactive toward sulfhydryl and amino groups
  • hydrazide and SATA (N-succinimidyl-S-acetylthioacetate; SATA is reactive towards amines and adds protected sulfhydryls groups).
  • the compounds of the invention may include a branched and/or unbranched linker.
  • linker refers to a chemical group or molecule linking two adjacent molecules or moieties, e.g., a morpholino group to a polynucleotide.
  • an unbranched linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two.
  • a branched linker connects three or more groups, molecules, or other moieties and typically functions as the structural point of convergence for the three or more groups, molecules, or other moieties.
  • the linker is not a natural phosphate linker or a phosphoramidite linker.
  • the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety.
  • the linker group comprises a combination of one or more groups of the formula:
  • R L is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
  • m is 0 or an integer between 1 to 1 0, inclusive, e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. In certain embodiments, m is 3 or 4.
  • active carboxyl groups e.g., esters
  • Particular agents include N- hydroxysuccinimide (NHS), N-hydroxy-sulfosuccinimide (sulfo-NHS), maleimide-benzoyl-succinimide (MBS), gamma-maleimido-butyryloxy succinimide ester (GMBS), maleimido propionic acid (MPA) maleimido hexanoic acid (MHA), and maleimido undecanoic acid (MUA).
  • NHS N- hydroxysuccinimide
  • sulfo-NHS N-hydroxy-sulfosuccinimide
  • MBS maleimide-benzoyl-succinimide
  • GMBS gamma-maleimido-butyryloxy succinimide este
  • Primary amines are the principal targets for NHS esters. Accessible a-amine groups present on the N-termini of a polynucleotide or 3 ' -stabilizing region may react with NHS esters. An amide bond is formed when the NHS ester reacts with primary amines releasing N-hydroxysuccinimide.
  • the functional group on the polynucleotide or 3 ' -stabilizing region will be a thiol group, and the chemically reactive group will be a maleimido-containing group such as gamma- maleimide-butrylamide (GMBA or MPA).
  • the maleimido group is most selective for sulfhydryl groups when the pH of the reaction mixture is 6.5-7.4. At pH 7.0, the rate of reaction of maleimido groups with sulfhydryls is 1 000-fold faster than with amines. Thus, a stable thioether linkage between the maleimido group and the sulfhydryl can be formed.
  • the linker has the structure:
  • a, b, c, e, f, and g are each, independently, 0 or 1 ;
  • d 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • each of R 6 , R 8 , R 10 , and R 12 is, independently, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynylene, or optionally substituted C6-Cio arylene, O, S, Se, or NR 13 ;
  • R 7 and R 1 1 are each, independently, carbonyl , thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl , or phosphoryl, wherein, if R 7 is phosphoryl, -(R 9 )d- is a bond, and e, f, and gare 0, then at least one of R 6 or R 8 is not O; and if R 1 1 is phosphoryl, -(R 9 )d- is a bond, and a, b, and c are 0, then at least one of R 10 or R 12 is not O;
  • each R 9 is optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene, or a bond linking (R 6 ) a -(R 7 )b-(R 8 )c to (R 1 0 )e-(R 1 1 )f-(R 1 2 )g, wherein if -(R 9 ) d - is a bond, then at least one of a, b, c, e, f, or g is 1 ; and
  • R 13 is hydrogen , optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-C12 aryl , or optionally substituted C1-C7 heteroalkyl.
  • the linker is formed by the reaction between a click-chemistry reaction pair.
  • click-chemistry reaction pair is meant a pair of reactive groups that participates in a modular reaction with high yield and a high thermodynamic gain, thus producing a click-chemistry linker.
  • one of the reactive groups is attached to the 3 ' -stabilizing region , and the other reactive group is attached to the remainder of the polynucleotide.
  • Exemplary reactions and click-chemistry pairs include a Huisgen 1 ,3-dipolar cycloaddition reaction between an alkynyl group and an azido group to form a triazole-containing linker; a Diels-Alder reaction between a diene having a 4 ⁇ electron system (e.g., an optionally substituted 1 ,3-unsaturated compound, such as optionally substituted 1 ,3-butadiene, 1 - methoxy-3-trimethylsilyloxy-1 ,3-butadiene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexadiene, or furan) and a dienophile or heterodienophile having a 2 ⁇ electron system (e.g., an optionally substituted alkenyl group or an optionally substituted alkynyl group) ; a ring opening reaction with a nucleophile and a strained heterocyclyl electrophile; a splint ligation reaction with a phosphorot
  • the 3 ' -stabilizing region is linked to the remainder of the polynucleotide by means of a triazole-containing linker formed by the reaction between an alkynyl group and an azido group click-chemistry pair.
  • the azido group may be attached to the 3 ' - terminus of the polynucleotide and the alkynyl group may be attached to the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' - stabilizing region.
  • the azido group may be attached to the 5 ' -terminus of the 3 ' -stabilizing region and the alkynyl group may be attached to the 3 ' -terminus of the polynucleotide.
  • the reaction between an azido group and the alkynyl group is uncatalyzed, and in other embodiments the reaction is catalyzed by a copper(l) catalyst (e.g., copper(l) iodide), a copper(ll) catalyst in the presence of a reducing agent (e.g., copper(ll) sulfate or copper(ll) acetate with sodium ascorbate), or a ruthenium-containing catalyst (e.g., Cp * RuCI(PPh3)2 or Cp * RuCI(COD)).
  • a copper(l) catalyst e.g., copper(l) iodide
  • a copper(ll) catalyst in the presence of a reducing agent e.g., copper(ll) sulfate or copper(ll) acetate with sodium ascorbate
  • a ruthenium-containing catalyst e.g., Cp * RuCI(PPh3)2 or Cp * RuCI(COD)
  • linkers include linkers containing monofluorocyclooctyne (MFCO), difluorocyclooctyne (DFCO), cyclooctyne (OCT), dibenzocyclooctyne (DIBO), biarylazacyclooctyne (BARAC),
  • MFCO monofluorocyclooctyne
  • DFCO difluorocyclooctyne
  • OCT cyclooctyne
  • DIBO dibenzocyclooctyne
  • BARAC biarylazacyclooctyne
  • DIFBO difluorobenzocyclooctyne
  • BCN bicyclo[6.1 .0]nonyne
  • click chemistry handle refers to a reactant, or a reactive group, that can partake in a click chemistry reaction.
  • a strained alkyne e.g., a cyclooctyne
  • click chemistry reactions require at least two molecules comprising click chemistry handles that can react with each other.
  • an azide is a partner click chemistry handle to a cyclooctyne or any other alkyne.
  • partner click chemistry handle pairs include a diene and a dienophile, an azide and a terminal alkyne, an azide and a strained alkyne, an azide and an activated alkyne, an azide and an electron-deficient alkyne, an azide and an aryne, a tetrazine and an alkene, a tetrazole and an alkene, a dithioester and a diene, an anthracene and a maleimide, a thiol and an alkene, a thiol and an enone, a thiol and a maleimide, a thiol and para-fluoro, and an amine and para-fluoro.
  • Other suitable click chemistry handles are known to those of skill in the art.
  • click chemistry handles suitable for use in the methods described herein are well known to those of skill in the art, and such click chemistry handles include, but are not limited to, the click chemistry reaction partners, groups, and handles described in [1 ] H. C. Kolb.M. G. Finn, K. B.
  • the linker may include a morpholino moiety.
  • the morpholino linker may be formed by oxidation (e.g., by treatment with sodium periodate) of a cis-diol of the sugar of a nucleoside such as the 3'-terminal nucleoside on the polynucleotide followed by condensation of the resulting di-aldehyde with a reactive amino moiety such as an alkoxyamino moiety as shown below.
  • the linker includes the structure:
  • B 1 is a nucleobase, hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted C3-Cio cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C2-C9 heterocycle; and
  • R 14 and R 15 are each, independently, hydrogen or hydroxy.
  • the linker includes the structure:
  • 0 is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • Y 6 is O, S, Se, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6
  • each Y 7 and Y 8 is, independently, O, S, Se, -NR N1 -, optionally substituted C1 -C6 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkylene, wherein R N1 is H, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C6-Cio aryl; and each Y 9 is, independently, H, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, halo, thiol, boranyl, optionally substituted Ci -C6 alkyl , optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1 -C6 heteroalkyi, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 heteroalkynyl, or optionally substituted amino; and
  • Y 10 is O, a bond, optionally substituted C1-C10 alkylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkenylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 alkynylene, optionally substituted C2-C10 heterocyclylene, optionally substituted C6-C12 arylene, optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene, or optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene.
  • Y 10 is optionally substituted C2-C100 polyethylene glycolene.
  • the reactive amino moiety is a PEG-alkoxy amine, and the linker includes the structure:
  • p is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 14 and R 15 are both hydroxy.
  • o is 1
  • Y 6 is methylene
  • Y 7 and Y 8 are both O
  • Y 9 is hydroxy.
  • p is 3.
  • Y 10 is optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkylene.
  • the reactive amino moiety is a carbamido alkoxyamine
  • the linker includes the structure:
  • q and r are each, independently, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • R 14 and R 15 are both hydroxy.
  • q is 5
  • Y 6 is methylene
  • Y 7 and Y 8 are both O
  • Y 9 is hydroxy.
  • r is 3.
  • the linker includes the structure:
  • the structure may exist in equilibrium with other structures as shown below.
  • the present invention is intended to encompass all of the potential structures in equilibrium with the morpholino structure.
  • the 3'-stabilizing tail is conjugated to the remainder of the polynucleotide, e.g., at the 3'-terminus of the 3'-UTR or poly-A region via a phosphate linkage.
  • the phosphate linkage is a natural phosphate linkage.
  • the conjugation of the 3'- stabilizing tail and the remainder of the polynucleotide is produced via enzymatic or splint ligation.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention may be codon optimized. Codon optimization methods are known in the art and may be useful in efforts to achieve one or more of several goals. These goals include to match codon frequencies in target and host organisms to ensure proper folding, bias GC content to increase mRNA stability or reduce secondary structures, minimize tandem repeat codons or base runs that may impair gene construction or expression, customize transcriptional and translational control regions, insert or remove protein trafficking sequences, remove/add post translation modification sites in encoded protein (e.g., glycosylation sites), add, remove or shuffle protein domains, insert or delete restriction sites, modify ribosome binding sites and mRNA degradation sites, to adjust translational rates to allow the various domains of the protein to fold properly, or to reduce or eliminate problem secondary structures within the polynucleotide.
  • Codon optimization methods are known in the art and may be useful in efforts to achieve one or more of several goals. These goals include to match codon frequencies in target and host organisms to ensure proper folding, bias GC content to increase m
  • Codon optimization tools, algorithms and services are known in the art, non-limiting examples include services from GeneArt (Life Technologies), DNA2.0 (Menlo Park CA) and/or proprietary methods.
  • the ORF sequence is optimized using optimization algorithms. Codon options for each amino acid are given in Table 2.
  • Codon optimized refers to the modification of a starting nucleotide sequence by replacing at least one codon of the starting nucleotide sequence with another codon encoding the same amino acid (e.g., to increase in vivo expression).
  • Table 3 Codon usage frequency table for humans.
  • a guanine maximized codon is a codon having the highest number of guanines possible for a specified amino acid.
  • a cytosine maximized codon is a codon having the highest number of cytosines possivie for a specified amino acid.
  • a guanine maximized codon and/or cytosine maximized codon refers to a codon having the highest number of guanines, cytosines, or combination of guanines and cytosines for a specified amino acid.
  • nucleotide sequence after a nucleotide sequence has been codon optimized it may be further evaluated for regions containing restriction sites. At least one nucleotide within the restriction site regions may be replaced with another nucleotide in order to remove the restriction site from the sequence but the replacement of nucleotides does alter the amino acid sequence which is encoded by the codon optimized nucleotide sequence.
  • regions of the polynucleotide may be encoded by regions of the polynucleotide and such regions may be upstream (5 ' ) or downstream (3 ' ) to a region which encodes a polypeptide. These regions may be incorporated into the polynucleotide before and/or after codon optimization of the protein encoding region or open reading frame (ORF). It is not required that a polynucleotide contain both a 5 ' - and 3'-flanking region. Examples of such features include, but are not limited to, untranslated regions (UTRs), Kozak sequences, an oligo(dT) sequence, and detectable tags and may include multiple cloning sites which may have Xbal recognition.
  • UTRs untranslated regions
  • Kozak sequences oligo(dT) sequence
  • detectable tags may include multiple cloning sites which may have Xbal recognition.
  • a 5 ' -UTR and/or a 3'-UTR region may be provided as flanking regions. Multiple 5 ' - or 3'-UTRs may be included in the flanking regions and may be the same or of different sequences. Any portion of the flanking regions, including none, may be codon optimized and any may independently contain one or more different structural or chemical alterations, before and/or after codon optimization.
  • the polynucleotides components are reconstituted and transformed into a vector such as, but not limited to, plasmids, viruses, cosmids, and artificial chromosomes.
  • a vector such as, but not limited to, plasmids, viruses, cosmids, and artificial chromosomes.
  • the optimized polynucleotide may be reconstituted and transformed into chemically competent E. coli, yeast, neurospora, maize, drosophila, etc. where high copy plasmid-like or chromosome structures occur by methods described herein.
  • nucleotide in a nucleotide, nucleoside, or polynucleotide (such as the polynucleotides of the invention, e.g., mRNA molecule), the terms "alteration” or, as appropriate, “alternative” refer to alteration with respect to A, G, U or C ribonucleotides. Generally, herein, these terms are not intended to refer to the ribonucleotide alterations in naturally occurring 5 ' -terminal mRNA cap moieties.
  • the alterations may be various distinct alterations.
  • the coding region, the flanking regions and/or the terminal regions e.g., a 3 ' - stabilizing region
  • the coding region, the flanking regions and/or the terminal regions may contain one, two, or more (optionally different) nucleoside or nucleotide alterations.
  • an alternative polynucleotide introduced to a cell may exhibit reduced degradation in the cell, as compared to an unaltered polynucleotide.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can include any useful alteration, such as to the nucleobase, the sugar, or the internucleoside linkage (e.g., to a linking phosphate / to a phosphodiester linkage / to the phosphodiester backbone).
  • alterations e.g., one or more alterations are present in each of the nucleobase, the sugar, and the internucleoside linkage.
  • Alterations according to the present invention may be alterations of ribonucleic acids (RNAs) to deoxyribonucleic acids (DNAs), e.g., the substitution of the 2 ' -OH of the ribofuranosyl ring to 2 ' -H, threose nucleic acids (TNAs), glycol nucleic acids (GNAs), peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), locked nucleic acids (LNAs), or hybrids thereof. Additional alterations are described herein.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention do not substantially induce an innate immune response of a cell into which the polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) is introduced.
  • an induced innate immune response include 1 ) increased expression of proinflammatory cytokines, 2) activation of intracellular PRRs (RIG-I, MDA5, etc, and/or 3) termination or reduction in protein translation.
  • the polynucleotides can optionally include other agents (e.g., RNAi-inducing agents, RNAi agents, siRNAs, shRNAs, miRNAs, antisense RNAs, ribozymes, catalytic DNA, tRNA, RNAs that induce triple helix formation, aptamers, vectors).
  • the polynucleotides may include one or more messenger RNAs (mRNAs) having one or more alternative nucleoside or nucleotides (i.e., alternative mRNA molecules). Details for these polynucleotides follow. Nucleobase Alternatives
  • the alternative nucleosides and nucleotides can include an alternative nucleobase.
  • nucleobases found in RNA include, but are not limited to, adenine, guanine, cytosine, and uracil.
  • nucleobases found in DNA include, but are not limited to, adenine, guanine, cytosine, and thymine. These nucleobases can be altered or wholly replaced to provide polynucleotide molecules having enhanced properties, e.g., increased stability such as resistance to nucleases.
  • Alternative nucleotide base pairing encompasses not only the standard adenine-thymine, adenine-uracil, or guanine-cytosine base pairs, but also base pairs formed between nucleotides and/or alternative nucleotides including non-standard or alternative bases, wherein the arrangement of hydrogen bond donors and hydrogen bond acceptors permits hydrogen bonding between a non-standard base and a standard base or between two complementary non-standard base structures.
  • non-standard base pairing is the base pairing between the alternative nucleotide inosine and adenine, cytosine, or uracil.
  • the nucleobase is an alternative uracil.
  • Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having an alternative uracil include pseudouridine ( ⁇ ), pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside, 5-aza- uracil, 6-aza-uracil, 2-thio-5-aza-uracil, 2-thio-uracil (s 2 U), 4-thio-uracil (s 4 U), 4-thio-pseudouridine, 2-thio- pseudouridine, 5-hydroxy-uracil (ho 5 U), 5-aminoallyl-uracil, 5-halo-uracil (e.g., 5-iodo-uracil or 5-bromo- uracil), 3-methyl-uracil (m 3 U), 5-methoxy-uracil (mo 5 U), uracil 5-oxyacetic acid (cmo 5 U), uracil 5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester (mcmo 5 U), 5-carboxymethyl-ura
  • the nucleobase is an alternative cytosine.
  • Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having an alternative cytosine include 5-aza-cytosine, 6-aza-cytosine, pseudoisocytidine, 3- methyl-cytosine (m3C), N4-acetyl-cytosine (ac4C), 5-formyl-cytosine (f5C), N4-methyl-cytosine (m4C), 5- methyl-cytosine (m5C), 5-halo-cytosine (e.g., 5-iodo-cytosine), 5-hydroxymethyl-cytosine (hm5C), 1 - methyl-pseudoisocytidine, pyrrolo-cytosine, pyrrolo-pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytosine (s2C), 2-thio-5- methyl-cytosine, 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine, 4-thio-1 -methyl-methyl
  • the nucleobase is an alternative adenine.
  • Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having an alternative adenine include 2-amino-purine, 2,6-diaminopurine, 2-amino-6-halo- purine (e.g., 2-amino-6-chloro-purine), 6-halo-purine (e.g., 6-chloro-purine), 2-amino-6-methyl-purine, 8- azido-adenine, 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deaza-8-aza-adenine, 7-deaza-2-amino-purine, 7-deaza-8-aza-2- amino-purine, 7-deaza-2,6-diaminopurine, 7-deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine, 1 -methyl-adenine (m1 A), 2- methyl-adenine (m2A), N6-methyl-adenine (m6A), 2-methylthio-
  • the nucleobase is an alternative guanine.
  • Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having an alternative guanine include inosine (I), 1 -methyl-inosine (mi l), wyosine (imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 4-demethyl-wyosine (imG-14), isowyosine (imG2), wybutosine (yW),
  • peroxywybutosine o2yW
  • hydroxywybutosine OHyW
  • undermodified hydroxywybutosine OHyW *
  • 7- deaza-guanine queuosine (Q), epoxyqueuosine (oQ), galactosyl-queuosine (galQ), mannosyl-queuosine (manQ), 7-cyano-7-deaza-guanine (preQO), 7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanine (preQ1 ), archaeosine (G+), 7-deaza-8-aza-guanine, 6-thio-guanine, 6-thio-7-deaza-guanine, 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza-guanine, 7-methyl- guanine (m7G), 6-thio-7-methyl-guanine, 7-methyl-inosine, 6-methoxy-guanine, 1 -methyl-guanine (m1 G), N2-methyl
  • the alternative nucleobase of a nucleotide can be independently a purine, a pyrimidine, a purine or pyrimidine analog.
  • the nucleobase can be an alternative to adenine, cytosine, guanine, uracil, or hypoxanthine.
  • the nucleobase can also include, for example, naturally- occurring and synthetic derivatives of a base, including pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines, 5-methylcytosine (5- me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2- thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo (e.g., 8-bromo), 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8- hydroxy and other 8-substituted adenines and
  • each letter refers to the representative base and/or derivatives thereof, e.g., A includes adenine or adenine analogs, e.g., 7-deaza adenine).
  • nucleosides and nucleotides which may be incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., RNA or mRNA, as described herein), can be altered on the sugar of the nucleoside or nucleotide.
  • the alternative nucleosides or nucleotides include the structure:
  • the 2'-hydroxy group (OH) can be modified or replaced with a number of different substituents.
  • exemplary substitutions at the 2'-position include, but are not limited to, H, azido, halo (e.g., fluoro), optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl); optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy); optionally substituted Ce- ⁇ aryloxy; optionally substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl; optionally substituted Ce- ⁇ aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 (heterocyclyl)oxy; a sugar (e.g., ribose, pentose, or any described herein); a polyethyleneglycol (PEG), -0(CH2CH20) n CH2CH20R, where R is H or optionally substituted alkyl, and n is an integer from 0 to 20 (e.g., from halo
  • RNA includes the sugar group ribose, which is a 5-membered ring having an oxygen.
  • exemplary, non-limiting alternative nucleotides include replacement of the oxygen in ribose (e.g., with S, Se, or alkylene, such as methylene or ethylene); addition of a double bond (e.g., to replace ribose with cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl); ring contraction of ribose (e.g., to form a 4-membered ring of cyclobutane or oxetane); ring expansion of ribose (e.g., to form a 6- or 7-membered ring having an additional carbon or heteroatom, such as for anhydrohexitol, altritol, mannitol, cyclohexanyl, cyclohexenyl, and morpholino (that also has a phosphoramidate backbone)); multicyclic forms (
  • the sugar group contains one or more carbons that possess the opposite stereochemical configuration of the corresponding carbon in ribose.
  • a polynucleotide molecule can include nucleotides containing, e.g., arabinose or L-ribose, as the sugar.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention includes at least one nucleoside wherein the sugar is L-ribose, 2 ' -0-methyl-ribose, 2 ' -fluoro-ribose, arabinose, hexitol, an LNA, or a PNA.
  • nucleotides which may be incorporated into a polynucleotide of the invention, can be altered on the internucleoside linkage (e.g., phosphate backbone).
  • phosphate backbone the phrases "phosphate” and "phosphodiester” are used interchangeably.
  • Backbone phosphate groups can be altered by replacing one or more of the oxygen atoms with a different substituent.
  • the alternative nucleotides can include the wholesale replacement of an unaltered phosphate moiety with another internucleoside linkage as described herein.
  • alternative phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, phosphorothioate, phosphoroselenates, boranophosphates, boranophosphate esters, hydrogen phosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphorodiamidates, alkyl or aryl phosphonates, and phosphotriesters.
  • Phosphorodithioates have both non-linking oxygens replaced by sulfur.
  • the phosphate linker can also be altered by the replacement of a linking oxygen with nitrogen (bridged phosphoramidates), sulfur (bridged phosphorothioates), and carbon (bridged methylene- phosphonates).
  • the alternative nucleosides and nucleotides can include the replacement of one or more of the non-bridging oxygens with a borane moiety (Bh ), sulfur (thio), methyl, ethyl, and/or methoxy.
  • a borane moiety Bh
  • sulfur (thio) thio
  • methyl ethyl
  • methoxy methoxy
  • the replacement of one or more of the oxygen atoms at the a position of the phosphate moiety is provided to confer stability (such as against exonucleases and endonucleases) to RNA and DNA through the unnatural phosphorothioate backbone linkages.
  • Phosphorothioate DNA and RNA have increased nuclease resistance and subsequently a longer half-life in a cellular environment.
  • internucleoside linkages that may be employed according to the present invention, including internucleoside linkages which do not contain a phosphorous atom, are described herein.
  • polynucleotide molecules for use in accordance with the invention may be prepared according to any useful technique known in the art.
  • the alternative nucleosides and nucleotides used in the synthesis of polynucleotide molecules disclosed herein can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. Where typical or preferred process conditions (e.g., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are provided, a skilled artisan would be able to optimize and develop additional process conditions. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
  • product formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1 H or 13 C) infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV- visible), or mass spectrometry, or by chromatography such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
  • spectroscopic means such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1 H or 13 C) infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV- visible), or mass spectrometry
  • chromatography such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
  • Preparation of polynucleotide molecules of the present invention can involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups.
  • the need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
  • the chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene, et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991 .
  • Suitable solvents can be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials (reactants), the intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's boiling temperature.
  • a given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent.
  • suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected.
  • Resolution of racemic mixtures of alternative polynucleotides can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in the art.
  • An example method includes fractional recrystallization using a "chiral resolving acid" which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid.
  • Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid, or the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids.
  • Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine).
  • an optically active resolving agent e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine
  • Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • Polynucleotides for use in accordance with the present disclosure may be prepared according to any available technique including, but not limited to chemical synthesis, enzymatic synthesis, which is generally termed in vitro transcription, enzymatic or chemical cleavage of a longer precursor.
  • Alternative nucleosides and nucleotides can be prepared by methods known in the art, e.g., according to the synthetic methods described in Ogata et al., J. Org. Chem. 74:2585-2588 (2009); Purmal et al., Nucl. Acids Res.
  • a method for producing a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of interest includes contacting a cDNA that encodes the protein of interest with an RNA polymerase in the presence of a nucleotide triphosphate mix, e.g., wherein at least 90% (e.g., at least 95% or 100%) of the uracils are 5-methoxyuracil.
  • the invention also provides polynucleotides produced by such methods.
  • the methods may include additional steps, such as capping (e.g., the addition of a 5 ' cap structure), addition of a poly-A region, and/or formulation into a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the RNA polymerase may be T7 RNA polymerase.
  • the in vitro transcription reaction mixture may include a transcription buffer (such as 400 mM Tris-HCI pH 8.0, or an equivalent) and may include MgC , DTT, and/or spermidine or equivalents.
  • An RNase inhibitor may be included.
  • the remaining reaction volume is generally made up with dhbO.
  • the reaction may be incubated at approximately 37 °C (such as between 30 and 40 °C) and may be incubated for 3 hours-5 hours (such as 3 V ⁇ hours - 4 V ⁇ hours, or about 4hr).
  • the polynucleotide may then be purified using DNase and a purification kit.
  • the alternative polynucleotides described herein can be prepared using methods that are known to those skilled in the art of polynucleotide synthesis.
  • the present disclosure provides for methods of synthesizing a pharmaceutical polynucleotide, including the steps of:
  • cDNA complementary deoxyribonucleic acid
  • the pharmaceutical polynucleotide is a ribonucleic acid (RNA).
  • the alternative polynucleotides can be prepared using solid phase synthesis methods.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention are produced by a) synthesizing a polynucleotide including i) a coding region; ii) a 5 ' -UTR optionally including a Kozak sequence; iii) a 3 ' - UTR; iv) at least one 5 ' -cap structure; and v) a poly-A region; b) incorporation of a 3 ' -azido-containing nucleoside; and c) conjugation of a 3 ' -stabilizing region containing an alkyne functional group (e.g., a cyclooctyne-containing functional group) at the 5 ' -terminus.
  • an alkyne functional group e.g., a cyclooctyne-containing functional group
  • innate immune response includes a cellular response to exogenous single stranded polynucleotides, generally of viral or bacterial origin, which involves the induction of cytokine expression and release, particularly the interferons, and cell death. Protein synthesis is also reduced during the innate cellular immune response. While it is advantageous to eliminate the innate immune response in a cell which is triggered by introduction of exogenous polynucleotides, the present disclosure provides alternative polynucleotides such as mRNAs that substantially reduce the immune response, including interferon signaling, without entirely eliminating such a response.
  • the immune response is reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% as compared to the immune response induced by a corresponding unaltered polynucleotide.
  • a reduction can be measured by expression or activity level of Type 1 interferons or the expression of interferon-regulated genes such as the toll-like receptors (e.g., TLR7 and TLR8).
  • Reduction or lack of induction of innate immune response can also be measured by decreased cell death following one or more administrations of alternative RNAs to a cell population; e.g., cell death is 1 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%,
  • cell death may affect fewer than 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1 %, 0.1 %, 0.01 % or fewer than 0.01 % of cells contacted with the alternative polynucleotides.
  • the alternative polynucleotides, including mRNA molecules are alternative in such a way as to not induce, or induce only minimally, an immune response by the recipient cell or organism.
  • Such evasion or avoidance of an immune response trigger or activation is a novel feature of the alternative polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the present disclosure provides for the repeated introduction (e.g., transfection) of alternative polynucleotides into a target cell population, e.g. , in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo.
  • the step of contacting the cell population may be repeated one or more times (such as two, three, four, five or more than five times).
  • the step of contacting the cell population with the alternative polynucleotides is repeated a number of times sufficient such that a predetermined efficiency of protein translation in the cell population is achieved. Given the reduced cytotoxicity of the target cell population provided by the nucleotide alterations, such repeated transfections are achievable in a diverse array of cell types in vitro and/or in vivo.
  • Methods of determining the effectiveness of an alternative polynucleotide as compared to wild- type may involve the measure and analysis of one or more cytokine the expression of which is triggered by the administration of the exogenous polynucleotide of the invention. These values are compared to administration of an unaltered polynucleotide or to a standard metric such as cytokine response, or PolylC, R-848.
  • a standard metric is the measure of the ratio of the level or amount of encoded polypeptide (protein) produced in the cell, tissue or organism to the level or amount of one or more (or a panel) of cytokines whose expression is triggered in the cell, tissue or organism as a result of administration or contact with the alternative polynucleotide.
  • Such ratios are referred to herein as the Protein :Cytokine Ratio or "PC" Ratio.
  • the higher the PC ratio the more efficacious the alternative polynucleotide (polynucleotide encoding the protein measured).
  • Preferred PC Ratios, by cytokine, of the present invention may be greater than 1 , greater than 10, greater than 100, greater than 1000, greater than 10,000 or more.
  • polynucleotide of a different or unaltered construct are preferred.
  • the PC ratio may be further qualified by the percent alteration present in the polynucleotide. For example, normalized to a 100% alternative polynucleotide, the protein production as a function of cytokine (or risk) or cytokine profile can be determined.
  • Polypeptides of interest expressed by the polynucleotides of the invention may be selected from any polypeptide known in the art, e.g., those disclosed in US Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0259924 and 2013/0259923, International Publication Nos. WO 2013/151 663, WO 2013/151669, WO 2013/151670, WO 2013/151 664, WO 2013/151665, WO 2013/151736, U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos.
  • EPO Erythropoietin
  • GCSF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
  • polypeptides that encode variant polypeptides, which have a certain identity with a reference polypeptide sequence.
  • identity refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more peptides, as determined by comparing the sequences. In the art, “identity” also means the degree of sequence relatedness between peptides, as determined by the number of matches between strings of two or more amino acid residues. “Identity” measures the percent of identical matches between the smaller of two or more sequences with gap alignments (if any) addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (i.e., "algorithms"). Identity of related peptides can be readily calculated by known methods.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, those described in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part 1 , Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, 1987; Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds., M. Stockton Press, New York, 1991 ; and Carillo et al., SIAM J. Applied Math. 48, 1073 (1988).
  • the polypeptide variant has the same or a similar activity as the reference polypeptide.
  • the variant has an altered activity (e.g., increased or decreased) relative to a reference polypeptide.
  • variants of a particular polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present disclosure will have at least about 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more sequence identity to that particular reference polynucleotide or polypeptide as determined by sequence alignment programs and parameters described herein and known to those skilled in the art.
  • protein fragments, functional protein domains, and homologous proteins are also considered to be within the scope of this present disclosure.
  • a protein fragment of a reference protein meaning a polypeptide sequence at least one amino acid residue shorter than a reference polypeptide sequence but otherwise identical
  • 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or greater than 1 00 amino acids in length can be utilized in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • any protein that includes a stretch of about 20, about 30, about 40, about 50, or about 100 amino acids which are about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100% identical to any of the sequences described herein can be utilized in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • a protein sequence to be utilized in accordance with the present disclosure includes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more mutations as shown in any of the sequences provided or referenced herein.
  • polynucleotide libraries containing nucleoside alterations wherein the polynucleotides individually contain a first polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide, such as an antibody, protein binding partner, scaffold protein, and other polypeptides known in the art.
  • a polypeptide such as an antibody, protein binding partner, scaffold protein, and other polypeptides known in the art.
  • the polynucleotides are mRNA in a form suitable for direct introduction into a target cell host, which in turn synthesizes the encoded polypeptide.
  • multiple variants of a protein are produced and tested to determine the best variant in terms of pharmacokinetics, stability, biocompatibility, and/or biological activity, or a biophysical property such as expression level.
  • a library may contain 10, 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , or over 1 0 9 possible variants (including substitutions, deletions of one or more residues, and insertion of one or more residues).
  • Proper protein translation involves the physical aggregation of a number of polypeptides and polynucleotides associated with the mRNA.
  • Provided by the present disclosure are protein- polynucleotide complexes, containing a translatable mRNA having one or more nucleoside alterations (e.g., at least two different nucleoside alterations) and one or more polypeptides bound to the mRNA.
  • the proteins are provided in an amount effective to prevent or reduce an innate immune response of a cell into which the complex is introduced.
  • an alternative polynucleotide described herein can be administered to an animal or subject, wherein the alternative polynucleotide is translated in vivo to produce a therapeutic peptide in the animal or subject.
  • mRNA mRNA, compositions (such as pharmaceutical
  • compositions methods, kits, and reagents for treatment or prevention of disease or conditions in humans and other mammals.
  • the active therapeutic agents of the present disclosure include alternative polynucleotides, cells containing alternative polynucleotides or polypeptides translated from the alternative polynucleotides, polypeptides translated from alternative polynucleotides, cells contacted with cells containing alternative polynucleotides or polypeptides translated from the alternative
  • polynucleotides tissues containing cells containing alternative polynucleotides and organs containing tissues containing cells containing alternative polynucleotides.
  • a synthetic or recombinant polynucleotide to produce a polypeptide in a cell population using the alternative polynucleotides described herein.
  • Such translation can be in vivo, ex vivo, in culture, or in vitro.
  • the cell population is contacted with an effective amount of a composition containing a polynucleotide that has at least one nucleoside alteration, and a translatable region encoding the polypeptide.
  • the population is contacted under conditions such that the polynucleotide is localized into one or more cells of the cell population and the recombinant polypeptide is translated in the cell from the polynucleotide.
  • an effective amount of the composition is provided based, at least in part, on the target tissue, target cell type, means of administration, physical characteristics of the polynucleotide (e.g., size, and extent of alternative nucleosides), and other determinants.
  • an effective amount of the composition provides efficient protein production in the cell, preferably more efficient than a composition containing a corresponding unaltered polynucleotide.
  • Increased efficiency may be demonstrated by increased cell transfection (i.e., the percentage of cells transfected with the polynucleotide), increased protein translation from the polynucleotide, decreased polynucleotide degradation (as demonstrated, e.g., by increased duration of protein translation from a modified polynucleotide), or reduced innate immune response of the host cell or improve therapeutic utility.
  • aspects of the present disclosure are directed to methods of inducing in vivo translation of a recombinant polypeptide in a mammalian subject in need thereof.
  • an effective amount of a composition containing a polynucleotide that has at least one nucleoside alteration and a translatable region encoding the polypeptide is administered to the subject using the delivery methods described herein.
  • the polynucleotide is provided in an amount and under other conditions such that the polynucleotide is localized into a cell or cells of the subject and the recombinant polypeptide is translated in the cell from the polynucleotide.
  • the cell in which the polynucleotide is localized, or the tissue in which the cell is present, may be targeted with one or more than one rounds of polynucleotide administration.
  • compositions containing alternative polynucleotides are formulated for administration intramuscularly, transarterially, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intranasally, subcutaneously, endoscopically, transdermal ⁇ , or intrathecally. In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for extended release.
  • the subject to whom the therapeutic agent is administered suffers from or is at risk of developing a disease, disorder, or deleterious condition.
  • GWAS genome- wide association studies
  • the administered alternative polynucleotide directs production of one or more recombinant polypeptides that provide a functional activity which is substantially absent in the cell in which the recombinant polypeptide is translated.
  • the missing functional activity may be enzymatic, structural, or gene regulatory in nature.
  • the administered alternative polynucleotide directs production of one or more recombinant polypeptides that replace a polypeptide (or multiple polypeptides) that is substantially absent in the cell in which the recombinant polypeptide is translated. Such absence may be due to genetic mutation of the encoding gene or regulatory pathway thereof.
  • the administered alternative polynucleotide directs production of one or more recombinant polypeptides to supplement the amount of polypeptide (or multiple polypeptides) that is present in the cell in which the recombinant polypeptide is translated.
  • the recombinant polypeptide functions to antagonize the activity of an endogenous protein present in, on the surface of, or secreted from the cell.
  • the activity of the endogenous protein is deleterious to the subject, for example, due to mutation of the endogenous protein resulting in altered activity or localization.
  • the recombinant polypeptide antagonizes, directly or indirectly, the activity of a biological moiety present in, on the surface of, or secreted from the cell.
  • antagonized biological moieties include lipids (e.g., cholesterol), a lipoprotein (e.g., low density lipoprotein), a polynucleotide, a carbohydrate, or a small molecule toxin.
  • the recombinant proteins described herein are engineered for localization within the cell, potentially within a specific compartment such as the nucleus, or are engineered for secretion from the cell or translocation to the plasma membrane of the cell.
  • a useful feature of the alternative polynucleotides of the present disclosure is the capacity to reduce, evade, avoid or eliminate the innate immune response of a cell to an exogenous polynucleotide.
  • the cell is contacted with a first composition that contains a first dose of a first exogenous polynucleotide including a translatable region and at least one nucleoside alteration, and the level of the innate immune response of the cell to the first exogenous polynucleotide is determined.
  • the cell is contacted with a second composition, which includes a second dose of the first exogenous polynucleotide, the second dose containing a lesser amount of the first exogenous polynucleotide as compared to the first dose.
  • the cell is contacted with a first dose of a second exogenous polynucleotide.
  • the second exogenous polynucleotide may contain one or more alternative nucleosides, which may be the same or different from the first exogenous polynucleotide or, alternatively, the second exogenous polynucleotide may not contain alternative nucleosides.
  • the steps of contacting the cell with the first composition and/or the second composition may be repeated one or more times. Additionally, efficiency of protein production (e.g., protein translation) in the cell is optionally determined, and the cell may be re-transfected with the first and/or second composition repeatedly until a target protein production efficiency is achieved.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are particularly useful as a symptom of diseases characterized by missing or aberrant protein activity, by replacing the missing protein activity or overcoming the aberrant protein activity. Because of the rapid initiation of protein production following introduction of alternative mRNAs, as compared to viral DNA vectors, the compounds of the present disclosure are particularly useful as a symptom of diseases characterized by missing or aberrant protein activity, by replacing the missing protein activity or overcoming the aberrant protein activity. Because of the rapid initiation of protein production following introduction of alternative mRNAs, as compared to viral DNA vectors, the compounds of the present disclosure are particularly
  • the lack of transcriptional regulation of the alternative mRNAs of the present disclosure is advantageous in that accurate titration of protein production is achievable.
  • Multiple diseases are characterized by missing (or substantially diminished such that proper protein function does not occur) protein activity.
  • Such proteins may not be present, are present in very low quantities or are essentially non-functional.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for treating such conditions or diseases in a subject by introducing polynucleotide or cell-based therapeutics containing the alternative polynucleotides provided herein, wherein the alternative polynucleotides encode for a protein that replaces the protein activity missing from the target cells of the subject.
  • Diseases characterized by dysfunctional or aberrant protein activity include, but are not limited to, cancer and other proliferative diseases, genetic diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis), autoimmune diseases, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, cardiovascular diseases, and metabolic diseases.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for treating such conditions or diseases in a subject by introducing polynucleotide or cell-based therapeutics containing the alternative polynucleotides provided herein, wherein the alternative polynucleotides encode for a protein that antagonizes or otherwise overcomes the aberrant protein activity present in the cell of the subject.
  • a dysfunctional protein are the missense or nonsense mutation variants of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene, which produce a dysfunctional or nonfunctional, respectively, protein variant of CFTR protein, which causes cystic fibrosis.
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
  • a mammalian subject by contacting a cell of the subject with an alternative polynucleotide having a translatable region that encodes a functional CFTR polypeptide, under conditions such that an effective amount of the CTFR polypeptide is present in the cell.
  • Preferred target cells are epithelial cells, such as the lung, and methods of administration are determined in view of the target tissue; i.e., for lung delivery, the polynucleotides are formulated for administration by inhalation. Therefore, in certain embodiments, the polypeptide of interest encoded by the polynucleotide of the invention is the CTFR polypeptide and the polynucleotide or pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in treating cystic fibrosis.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for treating hyperlipidemia in a subject, by introducing into a cell population of the subject with an alternative polynucleotide molecule encoding Sortilin, a protein recently characterized by genomic studies, thereby ameliorating the hyperlipidemia in a subject.
  • the SORT1 gene encodes a trans-Golgi network (TGN) transmembrane protein called Sortilin.
  • TGN trans-Golgi network
  • the polypeptide of interest encoded by the mRNA of the invention is Sortilin and the polynucleotide or pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in treating hyperlipidemia.
  • the polypeptide of interest encoded by the polynucleotide of the invention is granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (GCSF), and the polynucleotide or pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in treating a neurological disease such as cerebral ischemia, or treating neutropenia, or for use in increasing the number of hematopoietic stem cells in the blood (e.g., before collection by leukapheresis for use in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation).
  • GCSF granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
  • the polypeptide of interest encoded by the polynucleotide of the invention is erythropoietin (EPO), and the polynucleotide or pharmaceutical composition of the invention is for use in treating anemia, inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and/or ulcer colitis), or myelodysplasia.
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • Methods of the present disclosure enhance polynucleotide delivery into a cell population, in vivo, ex vivo, or in culture.
  • a cell culture containing a plurality of host cells e.g., eukaryotic cells such as yeast or mammalian cells
  • the composition also generally contains a transfection reagent or other compound that increases the efficiency of alternative polynucleotide uptake into the host cells.
  • the alternative polynucleotide exhibits enhanced retention in the cell population, relative to a corresponding unaltered polynucleotide.
  • the retention of the alternative polynucleotide is greater than the retention of the unaltered polynucleotide. In some embodiments, it is at least about 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 150%, 200%, or more than 200% greater than the retention of the unaltered polynucleotide. Such retention advantage may be achieved by one round of transfection with the alternative polynucleotide, or may be obtained following repeated rounds of transfection.
  • the alternative polynucleotide is delivered to a target cell population with one or more additional polynucleotides. Such delivery may be at the same time, or the alternative polynucleotide is delivered prior to delivery of the one or more additional polynucleotides.
  • the additional one or more polynucleotides may be alternative polynucleotides or unaltered polynucleotides. It is understood that the initial presence of the alternative polynucleotides does not substantially induce an innate immune response of the cell population and, moreover, that the innate immune response will not be activated by the later presence of the unaltered polynucleotides. In this regard, the alternative polynucleotide may not itself contain a translatable region, if the protein desired to be present in the target cell population is translated from the unaltered polynucleotides. Targeting Moieties
  • alternative polynucleotides are provided to express a protein-binding partner or a receptor on the surface of the cell, which functions to target the cell to a specific tissue space or to interact with a specific moiety, either in vivo or in vitro.
  • Suitable protein-binding partners include antibodies and functional fragments thereof, scaffold proteins, or peptides.
  • alternative polynucleotides can be employed to direct the synthesis and extracellular localization of lipids, carbohydrates, or other biological moieties.
  • a method for epigenetically silencing gene expression in a mammalian subject including a polynucleotide where the translatable region encodes a polypeptide or polypeptides capable of directing sequence-specific histone H3 methylation to initiate heterochromatin formation and reduce gene transcription around specific genes for the purpose of silencing the gene.
  • a gain-of-function mutation in the Janus Kinase 2 gene is responsible for the family of Myeloproliferative Diseases.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention are encapsulated in lipid
  • Nanoparticle compositions including a polynucleotide of the invention encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle.
  • Nanoparticle compositions include, for example, lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), liposomes, lipid vesicles, and lipoplexes.
  • LNPs lipid nanoparticles
  • nanoparticle compositions are vesicles including one or more lipid bilayers.
  • a nanoparticle composition includes two or more concentric bilayers separated by aqueous compartments. Lipid bilayers may be functionalized and/or crosslinked to one another. Lipid bilayers may include one or more ligands, proteins, or channels.
  • Nanoparticle compositions of the invention comprise a lipid component in addition to a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • the lipid component of a nanoparticle composition may include one or more lipids.
  • a nanoparticle composition may include one or more cationic and/or ionizable lipids.
  • Cationic and/or ionizable lipids may be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of 3- (didodecylamino)-NI ,N1 ,4-tridodecyl-1 -piperazineethanamine (KL10), 14,25-ditridecyl-15,18,21 ,24- tetraaza-octatriacontane (KL25), 1 ,2-dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA),
  • a cationic lipid may also be a lipid including a cyclic amine.
  • the lipid component of a nanoparticle composition of the invention may include one or more PEG or PEG-modified lipids. Such species may be alternately referred to as PEGylated lipids.
  • a PEG lipid is a lipid modified with polyethylene glycol.
  • the lipid component may include one or more PEG lipids.
  • a PEG lipid may be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamines, PEG-modified phosphatidic acids, PEG-modified ceramides, PEG-modified dialkylamines, PEG-modified diacylglycerols, and PEG- modified dialkylglycerols.
  • a PEG lipid may be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG-DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid.
  • the lipid component of a nanoparticle composition may include one or more structural lipids (e.g. cholesterol fecosterol, sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, ergosterol, tomatidine, tomatine, ursolic acid, or alpha-tocopherol).
  • structural lipids e.g. cholesterol fecosterol, sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, ergosterol, tomatidine, tomatine, ursolic acid, or alpha-tocopherol.
  • the lipid component of a nanoparticle composition may include one or more phospholipids, such as one or more (poly)unsaturated lipids.
  • phospholipids may include a phospholipid moiety and one or more fatty acid moieties.
  • a phospholipid may be a lipid according to the formula:
  • R represents a phospholipid moiety and Ri and R2 represent fatty acid moieties with or without saturation that may be the same or different.
  • a phospholipid moiety may be selected from the non- limiting group consisting of phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl serine, phosphatidic acid, 2-lysophosphatidyl choline, and a sphingomyelin.
  • a fatty acid moiety may be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, myristoleic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, erucic acid, phytanoic acid, arachidic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, behenic acid, docosapentaenoic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid.
  • Non-natural species including natural species with modifications and substitutions including branching, oxidation, cyclization, and alkynes are also contemplated.
  • DSPC 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
  • DOPE 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine
  • Phospholipids useful in the compositions and methods of the invention may be selected from the non-limiting group consisting of DSPC, DOPE,
  • a nanoparticle composition may include one or more components in addition to those described in the preceding sections.
  • a nanoparticle composition may include one or more small hydrophobic molecules such as a vitamin (e.g..vitamin A or vitamin E) or a sterol.
  • Nanoparticle compositions may also include one or more permeability enhancer molecules, carbohydrates, polymers, therapeutic agents, surface altering agents, or other components.
  • a permeability enhancer molecule may be a molecule described by U.S. patent application publication No. 2005/0222064, for example.
  • Carbohydrates may include simple sugars (e.g., glucose) and polysaccharides (e.g., glycogen and derivatives and analogs thereof).
  • a polymer may be included in and/or used to encapsulate or partially encapsulate a nanoparticle composition.
  • a polymer may be biodegradable and/or biocompatible.
  • a polymer may be selected from, but is not limited to, polyamines, polyethers, polyamides, polyesters, polycarbamates, polyureas, polycarbonates, polystyrenes, polyimides, polysulfones, polyurethanes, polyacetylenes, polyethylenes, polyethyleneimines, polyisocyanates, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polyacrylonitriles, and polyarylates.
  • a polymer may include poly(caprolactone) (PCL), ethylene vinyl acetate polymer (EVA), poly(lactic acid) (PLA), poly(L-lactic acid) (PLLA), poly(glycolic acid) (PGA), poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), poly(L-lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) (PLLGA), poly(D,L-lactide) (PDLA), poly(L-lactide) (PLLA), poly(D,L-lactide-co-caprolactone), poly(D,L-lactide-co-caprolactone-co-glycolide), poly(D,L-lactide-co-PEO-co-D,L-lactide), poly(D,L-lactide-co-PPO-co-D,L-lactide), polyalkyl
  • hydroxypropylcellulose carboxymethylcellulose
  • polymers of acrylic acids such as
  • Therapeutic agents may include, but are not limited to, cytotoxic, chemotherapeutic, and other therapeutic agents.
  • Cytotoxic agents may include, for example, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, teniposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxyanthracinedione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1 - dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, rachelmycin, and analogs thereof.
  • Radioactive ions may also be used as therapeutic agents and may include, for example, radioactive iodine, strontium, phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, cobalt, yttrium, samarium, and praseodymium.
  • Other therapeutic agents may include, for example, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, and
  • alkylating agents e.g., mechlorethamine, thiotepa, chlorambucil, rachelmycin, melphalan, carmustine, lomustine, cyclophosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP), and cisplatin
  • anthracyclines e.g., daunorubicin and doxorubicin
  • antibiotics e.g., dactinomycin, bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin
  • anti-mitotic agents e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol, and maytansinoids.
  • Surface altering agents may include, but are not limited to, anionic proteins (e.g., bovine serum albumin), surfactants (e.g., cationic surfactants such as dimethyldioctadecyl-ammonium bromide), sugars or sugar derivatives (e.g., cyclodextrin), nucleic acids, polymers (e.g., heparin, polyethylene glycol, and poloxamer), mucolytic agents (e.g., acetylcysteine, mugwort, bromelain, papain, clerodendrum, bromhexine, carbocisteine, eprazinone, mesna, ambroxol, sobrerol, domiodol, letosteine, stepronin, tiopronin, gelsolin, thymosin ⁇ 4, dornase alfa, neltenexine, and erdosteine), and DNases (e.
  • nanoparticle compositions of the invention may include any substance useful in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the nanoparticle composition may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or accessory ingredients such as, but not limited to, one or more solvents, dispersion media, diluents, dispersion aids, suspension aids, granulating aids, disintegrants, fillers, glidants, liquid vehicles, binders, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, buffering agents, lubricating agents, oils, preservatives, and other species.
  • Excipients such as waxes, butters, coloring agents, coating agents, flavorings, and perfuming agents may also be included.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are well known in the art (see for example Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Edition, A. R. Gennaro; Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, 2006).
  • diluents may include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Granulating and dispersing agents may be selected from the non-limiting list consisting of potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
  • croscarmellose methylcellulose
  • pregelatinized starch starch 1500
  • microcrystalline starch water insoluble starch
  • calcium carboxymethyl cellulose methylcellulose
  • magnesium aluminum silicate VEEGUM®
  • sodium lauryl sulfate sodium lauryl sulfate
  • quaternary ammonium compounds and/or combinations thereof.
  • Surface active agents and/or emulsifiers may include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g. acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g. bentonite [aluminum silicate] and VEEGUM® [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g.
  • natural emulsifiers e.g. acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin
  • colloidal clays e.g. bentonite [aluminum silicate]
  • stearyl alcohol cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g. carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic derivatives (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g.
  • polyoxyethylene monostearate [MYRJ® 45], polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, polyoxymethylene stearate, and SOLUTOL®), sucrose fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g. CREMOPHOR®), polyoxyethylene ethers, (e.g.
  • polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [BRIJ® 30]), poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, PLURONIC®F 68, POLOXAMER® 188, cetrimonium bromide,
  • cetylpyridinium chloride cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, and/or combinations thereof.
  • a binding agent may be starch (e.g. cornstarch and starch paste); gelatin ; sugars (e.g. sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol,); natural and synthetic gums (e.g. acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks,
  • starch e.g. cornstarch and starch paste
  • gelatin e.g. sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol,
  • sugars e.g. sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol
  • natural and synthetic gums e.g. acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish mos
  • carboxymethylcellulose methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate (VEEGUM®), and larch arabogalactan); alginates; polyethylene oxide; polyethylene glycol; inorganic calcium salts; silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; water; alcohol; and combinations thereof, or any other suitable binding agent.
  • Preservatives include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and/or other preservatives.
  • Antioxidants include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite.
  • Chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, edetic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • citric acid monohydrate disodium edetate
  • dipotassium edetate dipotassium edetate
  • edetic acid fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • Antimicrobial preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and/or thimerosal.
  • Antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to, butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and/or sorbic acid.
  • alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and/or phenylethyl alcohol.
  • acidic preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroascorbic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and/or phytic acid.
  • preservatives include, but are not limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, GLYDANT PLUS®, PHENONIP®, methylparaben, GERMALL® 1 15, GERMABEN®II, NEOLONETM, KATHONTM, and/or EUXYL®.
  • buffering agents include, but are not limited to, citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, d-gluconic acid, calcium
  • glycerophosphate calcium lactate, calcium lactobionate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, amino-sulfonate buffers (e.g.
  • HEPES magnesium hydroxide
  • aluminum hydroxide alginic acid
  • pyrogen-free water isotonic saline
  • Ringer's solution ethyl alcohol
  • Lubricating agents may selected from the non-limiting group consisting of magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, and combinations thereof.
  • oils include, but are not limited to, almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury
  • a nanoparticle composition may include a polynucleotide of the invention, a cationic/ionizable lipid, a phospholipid (such as an unsaturated lipid, e.g., DOPE), a PEG lipid, and a structural lipid, as follows.
  • the lipid component includes a cationic/ionizable lipid, a phospholipid, a PEG lipid, and a structural lipid.
  • the lipid component may include about 35 mol % to about 45 mol % a cationic/ionizable lipid, about 10 mol % to about 20 mol % phospholipid, about 38.5 mol % to about 48.5 mol % structural lipid, and about 1 .5 mol % PEG lipid, provided that the total mol % does not exceed 100%.
  • the lipid component may include about 40 mol % a cationic/ionizable lipid, about 20 mol % phospholipid, about 38.5 mol % structural lipid, and about 1 .5 mol % PEG lipid.
  • the phospholipid may be DOPE and/or the structural lipid may be cholesterol.
  • the lipid component may include about 40 mol % a cationic/ionizable lipid, about 15 mol % phospholipid, about 43.5 mol % structural lipid, and about 1 .5 mol % PEG lipid.
  • the phospholipid may be DOPE.
  • the lipid may be DSPC.
  • the structural lipid may be cholesterol.
  • the lipid component may include about 45 mol % to about 55 mol % a cationic/ionizable lipid, about 15 mol % to about 25 mol % phospholipid, about 23.5 mol % to about 33.5 mol % structural lipid, and about 1 .5 mol % PEG lipid, provided that the total mol % does not exceed 100%.
  • the lipid component may include about 50 mol % a cationic/ionizable lipid, about 20 mol % phospholipid, about 28.5 mol % structural lipid, and about 1 .5 mol % PEG lipid.
  • the phospholipid may be DOPE.
  • the phospholipid may be DSPC.
  • the structural lipid may be cholesterol.
  • a nanoparticle composition may be designed for one or more specific applications or targets.
  • a nanoparticle composition may be designed to deliver a polynucleotide of the invention to a particular cell, tissue, organ, or system or group thereof in a mammal's body, such as the renal system.
  • Physiochemical properties of nanoparticle compositions may be altered in order to increase selectivity for particular bodily targets. For instance, particle sizes may be adjusted based on the fenestration sizes of different organs.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention included in a nanoparticle composition may also depend on the desired delivery target or targets.
  • a polynucleotide of the invention may be selected for a particular indication, condition, disease, or disorder and/or for delivery to a particular cell, tissue, organ, or system or group thereof (e.g., localized or specific delivery).
  • a nanoparticle composition may include one or more polynucleotides of the invention encoding one or more polypeptides of interest.
  • the amount of polynucleotide of the invention in a nanoparticle composition may depend on the size, sequence, and other characteristics of the polynucleotide of the invention.
  • the amount of polynucleotide of the invention in a nanoparticle composition may also depend on the size, composition, desired target, and other characteristics of the nanoparticle composition.
  • the relative amounts of polynucleotide of the invention and other elements may also vary.
  • the wt/wt ratio of the lipid component to a polynucleotide of the invention in a nanoparticle composition may be from about 5:1 to about 50:1 , such as 5:1 , 6:1 , 7:1 , 8:1 , 9:1 , 10:1 , 1 1 :1 , 12:1 , 13:1 , 14:1 , 15:1 , 16:1 , 17:1 , 18:1 , 19:1 , 20:1 , 25:1 , 30:1 , 35:1 , 40:1 , 45:1 , and 50:1 .
  • the wt/wt ratio of the lipid component to a polynucleotide of the invention may be from about 10:1 to about 40:1 .
  • the amount of a polynucleotide of the invention in a nanoparticle composition may, for example, be measured using absorption spectroscopy (e.g., ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy).
  • the one or more polynucleotides of the invention, lipids, and amounts thereof may be selected to provide a specific N:P ratio.
  • the N:P ratio of the composition refers to the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms in one or more lipids to the number of phosphate groups in a polynucleotide of the invention. In general, a lower N:P ratio is preferred.
  • the one or more polynucleotides of the invention, lipids, and amounts thereof may be selected to provide an N:P ratio from about 2:1 to about 8:1 , such as 2:1 , 3:1 , 4:1 , 5:1 , 6:1 , 7:1 , and 8:1 .
  • the N:P ratio may be from about 2:1 to about 5:1 . In preferred embodiments, the N:P ratio may be about 4:1 . In other embodiments, the N:P ratio is from about 5:1 to about 8:1 . For example, the N:P ratio may be about 5.0:1 , about 5.5:1 , about 5.67:1 , about 6.0:1 , about 6.5:1 , or about 7.0:1 .
  • Characteristics may also vary depending on the method and conditions of preparation of the nanoparticle composition.
  • the mean size of a nanoparticle composition of the invention may be between 1 0s of nm and 100s of nm.
  • the mean size may be from about 40 nm to about 1 50 nm, such as about 40 nm, 45 nm, 50 nm, 55 nm, 60 nm, 65 nm, 70 nm, 75 nm, 80 nm, 85 nm, 90 nm, 95 nm, 100 nm, 105 nm, 1 10 nm, 1 15 nm, 120 nm, 125 nm, 130 nm, 135 nm, 140 nm, 145 nm, or 150 nm.
  • the mean size of a nanoparticle composition may be from about 80 nm to about 120 nm, from about 80 nm to about 1 10 nm, from about 80 nm to about 1 00 nm, from about 80 nm to about 90 nm, from about 90 nm to about 120 nm, from about 90 nm to about 1 1 0 nm, from about 90 nm to about 100 nm, from about 100 nm to about 120 nm, or from about 1 10 nm to about 120 nm.
  • the mean size may be about 90 nm.
  • the mean size may be about 100 nm.
  • a nanoparticle composition of the invention may be relatively homogenous.
  • a polydispersity index may be used to indicate the homogeneity of a nanoparticle composition, e.g., the particle size distribution of the nanoparticle compositions.
  • a small (e.g., less than 0.3) polydispersity index generally indicates a narrow particle size distribution.
  • a nanoparticle composition of the invention may have a polydispersity index from about 0 to about 0.18, such as 0.01 , 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1 0, 0.1 1 , 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.1 7, or 0.18.
  • the polydispersity index of a nanoparticle composition may be from about 0.13 to about 0.17.
  • the zeta potential of a nanoparticle composition may be used to indicate the electrokinetic potential of the composition.
  • Nanoparticle compositions with relatively low charges, positive or negative, are generally desirable, as more highly charged species may interact undesirably with cells, tissues, and other elements in the body.
  • the zeta potential of a nanoparticle composition of the invention may be from about -10 mV to about +20 mV, from about -10 mV to about +15 mV, from about - 10 mV to about +10 mV, from about -10 mV to about +5 mV, from about -10 mV to about 0 mV, from about -10 mV to about -5 mV, from about -5 mV to about +20 mV, from about -5 mV to about +15 mV, from about -5 mV to about +10 mV, from about -5 mV to about +5 mV, from about -5 mV to about 0 mV, from about 0 mV to about +20 mV, from about 0 mV to about +15 mV, from about 0 mV to about +10 mV, from about 0 mV to about +5 mV, from about 0 mV to about +
  • the efficiency of encapsulation of a polynucleotide of the invention describes the amount of polynucleotide of the invention that is encapsulated or otherwise associated with a nanoparticle composition after preparation, relative to the initial amount provided.
  • the encapsulation efficiency is desirably high (e.g., close to 100%).
  • encapsulation efficiency of an polynucleotide of the invention may be at least 50%, for example 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. In some embodiments, the encapsulation efficiency may be at least 80%. In certain embodiments, the encapsulation efficiency may be at least 80%.
  • the encapsulation efficiency may be at least 90%.
  • a nanoparticle composition of the invention may optionally comprise one or more coatings.
  • a nanoparticle composition may be formulated in a capsule, film, or tablet having a coating.
  • a capsule, film, or tablet including a composition of the invention may have any useful size, tensile strength, hardness, or density.
  • the present disclosure provides alternative polynucleotides capable of expressing proteins.
  • compositions may optionally include one or more additional therapeutically active substances.
  • a method of administering pharmaceutical compositions including an alternative polynucleotide encoding one or more proteins to be delivered to a subject in need thereof is provided.
  • compositions are administered to humans.
  • the phrase "active ingredient" generally refers to a protein, protein encoding or protein-containing complex as described herein.
  • Nanoparticle compositions of the invention may also be formulated in whole or in part as pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include one or more nanoparticle compositions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may include one or more nanoparticle compositions including one or more different polynucleotides.
  • compositions suitable for administration to humans are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation.
  • Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or other primates; mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
  • Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the present disclosure may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses.
  • a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition including a predetermined amount of the active ingredient.
  • the amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
  • compositions in accordance with the present disclosure will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered.
  • the composition may include between 0.1 % and 100% (w/w) active ingredient.
  • compositions may additionally include a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, and lubricants, as suited to the particular dosage form desired.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, and lubricants, as suited to the particular dosage form desired.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% pure.
  • an excipient is approved for use in humans and for veterinary use.
  • an excipient is approved by United States Food and Drug Administration.
  • an excipient is pharmaceutical grade.
  • an excipient meets the standards of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP), the
  • EP European Pharmacopoeia
  • British Pharmacopoeia the British Pharmacopoeia
  • International Pharmacopoeia the British Pharmacopoeia
  • compositions include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Such excipients may optionally be included in pharmaceutical formulations.
  • Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents can be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
  • Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
  • croscarmellose methylcellulose
  • pregelatinized starch starch 1500
  • microcrystalline starch water insoluble starch
  • calcium carboxymethyl cellulose magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g., bentonite [aluminum silicate] and Veegum ® [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g., stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g., carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer),
  • polyoxyethylene ethers e.g., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [Brij ® 30]), poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, Pluronic ® F 68, Poloxamer ® 188, cetrimonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, and/or combinations thereof.
  • polyoxyethylene ethers e.g., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [Brij ® 30]
  • poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) diethylene glycol monolaurate
  • triethanolamine oleate sodium oleate
  • potassium oleate ethyl oleate
  • oleic acid ethyl la
  • Exemplary binding agents include, but are not limited to, starch (e.g., cornstarch and starch paste); gelatin; sugars (e.g., sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol,); natural and synthetic gums (e.g., acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum ® ), and larch arabogalactan); alginates; polyethylene oxide; polyethylene glycol ; inorganic calcium salts; silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; water
  • Exemplary preservatives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and/or other preservatives.
  • Exemplary antioxidants include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite.
  • Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, edetic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • citric acid monohydrate disodium edetate
  • dipotassium edetate dipotassium edetate
  • edetic acid fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • antimicrobial preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and/or thimerosal.
  • Exemplary antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to, butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and/or sorbic acid.
  • Exemplary alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and/or phenylethyl alcohol.
  • Exemplary acidic preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and/or phytic acid.
  • preservatives include, but are not limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, Glydant Plus ® , Phenonip ® , methylparaben, Germall ® 1 1 5, Germaben ® ll, NeoloneTM, KathonTM, and/or Euxyl ® .
  • Exemplary buffering agents include, but are not limited to, citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, d-gluconic acid, calcium
  • glycerophosphate calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic saline, Ringer's solution, ethyl alcohol, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, etc., and combinations thereof.
  • oils include, but are not limited to, almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury
  • oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs.
  • liquid dosage forms may include inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3- butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for
  • oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents.
  • compositions are mixed with solubilizing agents such as Cremophor ® , alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and/or combinations thereof.
  • injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing agents, wetting agents, and/or suspending agents.
  • Sterile injectable preparations may be sterile injectable solutions, suspensions, and/or emulsions in nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluents and/or solvents, for example, as a solution in 1 ,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P., and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • Fatty acids such as oleic acid can be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, and/or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • the rate of drug release can be controlled.
  • biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
  • Depot injectable formulations are prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing compositions with suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • an active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or fillers or extenders (e.g., starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid), binders (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia), humectants (e.g., glycerol), disintegrating agents (e.g., agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate), solution retarding agents (e.g., paraffin), absorption accelerators (e.g., quaternary ammonium compounds), wetting agents (e.g., cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally include opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration of a composition may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches.
  • an active ingredient is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and/or any needed preservatives and/or buffers as may be required.
  • the present disclosure contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
  • dosage forms may be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
  • rate may be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane and/or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
  • Suitable devices for use in delivering intradermal pharmaceutical compositions described herein include short needle devices such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,886,499; 5,190,521 ;
  • Intradermal compositions may be administered by devices which limit the effective penetration length of a needle into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO 99/34850 and functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices which deliver liquid compositions to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and/or via a needle which pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet which reaches the dermis are suitable. Jet injection devices are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • conventional syringes may be used in the classical mantoux method of intradermal administration.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions.
  • Topically-administrable formulations may, for example, include from about 1 % to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of active ingredient may be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent.
  • Formulations for topical administration may further include one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for pulmonary administration via the buccal cavity.
  • a formulation may include dry particles which include the active ingredient and which have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 nm to about 7 nm or from about 1 nm to about 6 nm.
  • Such compositions are conveniently in the form of dry powders for administration using a device including a dry powder reservoir to which a stream of propellant may be directed to disperse the powder and/or using a self propelling solvent/powder dispensing container such as a device including the active ingredient dissolved and/or suspended in a low-boiling propellant in a sealed container.
  • Such powders include particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 0.5 nm and at least 95% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 7 nm. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nm and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nm.
  • Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
  • Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65 °F at atmospheric pressure. Generally the propellant may constitute 50% to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and active ingredient may constitute 0.1 % to 20% (w/w) of the composition.
  • a propellant may further include additional ingredients such as a liquid non-ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or a solid diluent (which may have a particle size of the same order as particles including the active ingredient).
  • compositions formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide an active ingredient in the form of droplets of a solution and/or suspension.
  • Such formulations may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, including active ingredient, and may conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device.
  • Such formulations may further include one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate.
  • Droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm.
  • Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery are useful for intranasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another formulation suitable for intranasal administration is a coarse powder including the active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2 ⁇ to 500 ⁇ . Such a formulation is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration may, for example, include from about as little as 0.1 % (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of active ingredient, and may include one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may, for example, 0.1 % to 20% (w/w) active ingredient, the balance including an orally dissolvable and/or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • formulations suitable for buccal administration may include a powder and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solution and/or suspension including active ingredient.
  • Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations when dispersed, may have an average particle and/or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm, and may further include one or more of any additional ingredients described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for ophthalmic administration.
  • Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye drops including, for example, a 0.1 /1 .0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily liquid excipient.
  • Such drops may further include buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of any additional ingredients described herein.
  • Other opthalmically-administrable formulations which are useful include those which include the active ingredient in microcrystalline form and/or in a liposomal preparation. Ear drops and/or eye drops are contemplated as being within the scope of this present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure provides methods including administering polynucleotides in accordance with the present disclosure to a subject in need thereof.
  • Polynucleotides, or pharmaceutical, imaging, diagnostic, or prophylactic compositions thereof may be administered to a subject using any amount and any route of administration effective for preventing, treating, diagnosing, or imaging a disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., a disease, disorder, and/or condition relating to working memory deficits).
  • a disease, disorder, and/or condition e.g., a disease, disorder, and/or condition relating to working memory deficits.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the particular composition, its mode of administration, and its mode of activity.
  • Compositions in accordance with the present disclosure are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • compositions of the present disclosure will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific therapeutically effective, prophylactically effective, or appropriate imaging dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • Polynucleotides to be delivered and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof may be administered to animals, such as mammals (e.g., humans, domesticated animals, cats, dogs, mice, rats, etc.). In some embodiments, pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof are administered to humans.
  • Polynucleotides to be delivered and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof in accordance with the present disclosure may be administered by any route.
  • polynucleotides and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof are administered by one or more of a variety of routes, including oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraventricular, transdermal, interdermal, rectal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, topical (e.g., by powders, ointments, creams, gels, lotions, and/or drops), mucosal, nasal, buccal, enteral, vitreal, intratumoral, sublingual; by intratracheal instillation, bronchial instillation, and/or inhalation; as an oral spray, nasal spray, and/or aerosol, and/or through a portal vein catheter.
  • routes including oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arte
  • polynucleotides, and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof are administered by systemic intravenous injection.
  • polynucleotides and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof may be administered intravenously and/or orally.
  • polynucleotides, and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof may be administered in a way which allows the polynucleotide to cross the blood-brain barrier, vascular barrier, or other epithelial barrier.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of polynucleotides, and/or pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions thereof, by any appropriate route taking into consideration likely advances in the sciences of drug delivery.
  • the most appropriate route of administration will depend upon a variety of factors including the nature of the polynucleotide including polynucleotides associated with at least one agent to be delivered (e.g., its stability in the environment of the gastrointestinal tract, bloodstream, etc.), the condition of the patient (e.g., whether the patient is able to tolerate particular routes of administration), etc.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of the pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions by any appropriate route taking into consideration likely advances in the sciences of drug delivery.
  • compositions in accordance with the present disclosure may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.0001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 0 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, or imaging effect.
  • the desired dosage may be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks.
  • the desired dosage may be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
  • Polynucleotides may be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging agents.
  • Compositions can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures. In general, each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions in combination with agents that improve their bioavailability, reduce and/or modify their metabolism, inhibit their excretion, and/or modify their distribution within the body.
  • therapeutically, prophylactically, diagnostically, or imaging active agents utilized in combination may be administered together in a single composition or administered separately in different compositions.
  • agents utilized in combination with be utilized at levels that do not exceed the levels at which they are utilized individually.
  • the levels utilized in combination will be lower than those utilized individually.
  • the particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. It will also be appreciated that the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder (for example, a composition useful for treating cancer in accordance with the present disclosure may be administered concurrently with a chemotherapeutic agent), or they may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverse effects).
  • kits for conveniently and/or effectively carrying out methods of the present disclosure.
  • kits will include sufficient amounts and/or numbers of components to allow a user to perform multiple treatments of a subject(s) and/or to perform multiple experiments.
  • kits for protein production including a first isolated polynucleotide including a translatable region and a nucleotide alteration, wherein the polynucleotide is capable of evading or avoiding induction of an innate immune response of a cell into which the first isolated polynucleotide is introduced, and packaging and instructions.
  • kits for protein production including: a first isolated alternative polynucleotide including a translatable region, provided in an amount effective to produce a desired amount of a protein encoded by the translatable region when introduced into a target cell; a second polynucleotide including an inhibitory polynucleotide, provided in an amount effective to substantially inhibit the innate immune response of the cell; and packaging and instructions.
  • kits for protein production including a first isolated polynucleotide including a translatable region and a nucleoside alteration, wherein the polynucleotide exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease, and packaging and instructions.
  • kits for protein production including a first isolated polynucleotide including a translatable region and at least two different nucleoside alterations, wherein the polynucleotide exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease, and packaging and instructions.
  • kits for protein production including a first isolated polynucleotide including a translatable region and at least one nucleoside alteration, wherein the polynucleotide exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease; a second polynucleotide including an inhibitory polynucleotide; and packaging and instructions.
  • compositions for protein production including a first isolated polynucleotide including a translatable region and a nucleoside alteration, wherein the polynucleotide exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease, and a mammalian cell suitable for translation of the translatable region of the first polynucleotide.
  • acyl represents a hydrogen or an alkyl group (e.g., a haloalkyl group), as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as defined herein, and is exemplified by formyl (i.e., a carboxyaldehyde group), acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, propionyl, and butanoyl.
  • exemplary unsubstituted acyl groups include from 1 to 7, from 1 to 1 1 , or from 1 to 21 carbons.
  • the alkyl group is further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein.
  • acylamino represents an acyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group though an amino group, as defined herein (i.e., -N(R N1 )-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group (e.g., haloalkyl) and R N1 is as defined herein).
  • exemplary unsubstituted acylamino groups include from 1 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7, from 1 to 13, from 1 to 21 , from 2 to 7, from 2 to 13, from 2 to 21 , or from 2 to 41 carbons).
  • the alkyl group is further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein, and/or the amino group is -NH 2 or -NHR N1 , wherein R N1 is, independently, OH, NO2, NH 2 , NR N2 2 , S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , alkyl, aryl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), or alkoxycarbonylalkyl, and each R N2 can be H, alkyl, or aryl.
  • R N1 is, independently, OH, NO2, NH 2 , NR N2 2 , S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , alkyl, aryl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), or alkoxycarbonylal
  • acylaminoalkyl represents an acyl group, as defined herein, attached to an amino group that is in turn attached to the parent molecular group though an alkyl group, as defined herein (i.e., -alkyl-N(R N1 )-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group (e.g., haloalkyl) and R N1 is as defined herein).
  • exemplary unsubstituted acylamino groups include from 1 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7, from 1 to 13, from 1 to 21 , from 2 to 7, from 2 to 13, from 2 to 21 , or from 2 to 41 carbons).
  • the alkyl group is further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein, and/or the amino group is -NH 2 or -NHR N1 , wherein R N1 is, independently, OH, N0 2 , NH 2 , NR N2 2 , S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , alkyl, aryl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), or alkoxycarbonylalkyl, and each R N2 can be H, alkyl, or aryl.
  • R N1 is, independently, OH, N0 2 , NH 2 , NR N2 2 , S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , alkyl, aryl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), or al
  • acyloxy represents an acyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group though an oxygen atom (i.e., -0-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1 -20 alkyl group).
  • oxygen atom i.e., -0-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1 -20 alkyl group.
  • exemplary unsubstituted acyloxy groups include from 1 to 21 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7 or from 1 to 1 1 carbons).
  • the alkyl group is further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein.
  • acyloxyalkyi represents an acyl group, as defined herein, attached to an oxygen atom that in turn is attached to the parent molecular group though an alkyl group (i.e., -alkyl- 0-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1 -6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group).
  • alkyl group i.e., -alkyl- 0-C(0)-R, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1 -6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group.
  • exemplary unsubstituted acyloxyalkyi groups include from 1 to 21 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7 or from 1 to 1 1 carbons).
  • the alkyl group is, independently, further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein.
  • alkaryl represents an aryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkaryl groups are from 7 to 30 carbons (e.g., from 7 to 16 or from 7 to 20 carbons, such as Ce- ⁇ aryl C1-6 alkyl, C6-10 aryl C1-10 alkyl, or Ce- ⁇ aryl C1-20 alkyl).
  • the alkylene and the aryl each can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective groups.
  • alkcycloalkyl represents a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein (e.g., an alkylene group of from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, from 1 to 10, or form 1 to 20 carbons).
  • alkylene group as defined herein (e.g., an alkylene group of from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, from 1 to 10, or form 1 to 20 carbons).
  • the alkylene and the cycloalkyl each can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective group.
  • alkenyl represents monovalent straight or branched chain groups of, unless otherwise specified, from 2 to 20 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 10 carbons) containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is exemplified by ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1 - propenyl, 1 -butenyl, and 2-butenyl.
  • Alkenyls include both cis and trans isomers.
  • Alkenyl groups may be optionally substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups that are selected, independently, from amino, aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl), as defined herein, or any of the exemplary alkyl substituent groups described herein.
  • alkenylene represents a divalent alkenyl group derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, and is exemplified by ethenylene, and isopropenylene.
  • Cx-y alkenylene represent alkenylene groups having between x and y carbons. Exemplary values for x are 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and exemplary values for y are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 1 6, 18, or 20 (e.g., C 2 -e, C 2 - io, or C2-20 alkenylene).
  • the alkenylene can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for an alkenyl group.
  • branched alkenylene refers to a multivalent alkenyl group derived by the removal of more than two hydrogen atoms.
  • alkenyloxy represents a chemical substituent of formula -OR, where R is a C2-20 alkenyl group (e.g., C2-6 or C2-10 alkenyl), unless otherwise specified.
  • alkenyloxy groups include ethenyloxy, and propenyloxy.
  • the alkenyl group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • alkheteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkheteroaryl groups are from 2 to 32 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 22, from 2 to 18, from 2 to 17, from 2 to 16, from 3 to 15, from 2 to 14, from 2 to 13, or from 2 to 12 carbons, such as C1-12 heteroaryl C1-6 alkyl, C1-12 heteroaryl Ci- 10 alkyl, or C1-12 heteroaryl C1-20 alkyl).
  • the alkylene and the heteroaryl each can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective group.
  • Alkheteroaryl groups are a subset of alkheterocyclyl groups.
  • alkheterocyclyl represents a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkheterocyclyl groups are from 2 to 32 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 22, from 2 to 18, from 2 to 17, from 2 to 16, from 3 to 15, from 2 to 14, from 2 to 13, or from 2 to 12 carbons, such as C1-12 heterocyclyl C1-6 alkyl, C1-12 heterocyclyl Ci-ioalkyl, or C1-12 heterocyclyl C1-20 alkyl).
  • the alkylene and the heterocyclyl each can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective group.
  • alkoxy represents a chemical substituent of formula -OR, where R is a C1-20 alkyl group (e.g., C1-6 or C1-10 alkyl), unless otherwise specified.
  • exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), and t-butoxy.
  • the alkyl group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein (e.g., hydroxy or alkoxy).
  • alkoxyalkoxy represents an alkoxy group that is substituted with an alkoxy group.
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxyalkoxy groups include between 2 to 40 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 12 or from 2 to 20 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkoxy, C1-10 alkoxy-Ci-10 alkoxy, or C1-20 alkoxy-Ci-20 alkoxy).
  • the each alkoxy group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein.
  • alkoxyalkyi represents an alkyl group that is substituted with an alkoxy group.
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxyalkyi groups include between 2 to 40 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 12 or from 2 to 20 carbons, such as C1-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Ci-10 alkyl, or C1-20 alkoxy-Ci-20 alkyl).
  • the alkyl and the alkoxy each can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective group.
  • alkoxycarbonyl represents an alkoxy, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl atom (e.g., -C(0)-OR, where R is H or an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1 -20 alkyl group).
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl include from 1 to 21 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 1 1 or from 1 to 7 carbons).
  • the alkoxy group is further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein.
  • alkoxycarbonylacyl represents an acyl group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -C(O) -alkyl-C(0)-OR, where R is an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group).
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylacyl include from 3 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 3 to 10, from 3 to 13, from 3 to 17, from 3 to 21 , or from 3 to 31 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci e acyl, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci-10 acyl, or C1-20 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci- 20 acyl).
  • each alkoxy and alkyl group is further independently substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents, as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group) for each group.
  • alkoxycarbonylalkoxy represents an alkoxy group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -0-alkyl-C(0)-OR, where R is an optionally substituted C1-6, C1-10, or C1-20 alkyl group).
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy include from 3 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 3 to 10, from 3 to 13, from 3 to 17, from 3 to 21 , or from 3 to 31 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci e alkoxy, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci-10 alkoxy, or C1-20
  • each alkoxy group is further independently substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents, as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • alkoxycarbonylalkyl represents an alkyl group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -alkyl-C(0)-OR, where R is an optionally substituted C1-20, C1-10, or C1-6 alkyl group).
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl include from 3 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 3 to 10, from 3 to 13, from 3 to 17, from 3 to 21 , or from 3 to 31 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci e alkyl, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-Ci-10 alkyl, or C1-20 alkoxycarbonyl- C1-20 alkyl).
  • each alkyl and alkoxy group is further independently substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • alkoxycarbonylalkenyl represents an alkenyl group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -alkenyl-C(0)-OR, where R is an optionally substituted C1-20, C1-10, or C1-6 alkyl group).
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl include from 4 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 4 to 10, from 4 to 13, from 4 to 17, from 4 to 21 , or from 4 to 31 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxycarbonyl-C2-6 alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-C2-io alkenyl, or C1-20
  • each alkyl, alkenyl, and alkoxy group is further independently substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • alkoxycarbonylalkynyl represents an alkynyl group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -alkynyl-C(0)-OR, where R is an optionally substituted C1-20, C1-10, or C1-6 alkyl group).
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl include from 4 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 4 to 10, from 4 to 13, from 4 to 17, from 4 to 21 , or from 4 to 31 carbons, such as C1 -6 alkoxycarbonyl-C2-6 alkynyl, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-C2-io alkynyl, or C1-20 alkoxycarbonyl-C2-2o alkynyl).
  • each alkyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy group is further independently substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • alkyl is inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain saturated groups from 1 to 20 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 10 or from 1 to 6), unless otherwise specified.
  • Alkyl groups are exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n- and iso-propyl, n-, sec-, iso- and tert-butyl, and neopentyl, and may be optionally substituted with one, two, three, or, in the case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1 ) C1-6 alkoxy; (2) C1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (3) amino, as defined herein (e.g., unsubstituted amino (i.e., -NH2) or a substituted amino (i.e., -N(R N1 )2, where R N1 is as defined for amino); (4) Ce- ⁇ aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy;
  • alkylene as used herein, represent a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of two hydrogen atoms, and is exemplified by methylene, ethylene, and isopropylene.
  • Cx- y alkylene represent alkylene groups having between x and y carbons. Exemplary values for x are 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and exemplary values for y are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, or 20 (e.g., C1 -6, C1-10, C2-20, C2-6, C2-10, or C2-20 alkylene).
  • the alkylene can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for an alkyl group.
  • alkynylene represents a divalent alkynyl group derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms.
  • Cx-y alkynylene represent alkynylene groups having between x and y carbons. Exemplary values for x are 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and exemplary values for y are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 1 8, or 20 (e.g., C2-6, C2-10, or C2-20 alkynylene).
  • the alkynylene can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for an alkynyl group.
  • branched alkynylene refers to a multivalent alkynyl group derived by the removal of more than two hydrogen atoms.
  • alkylsulfinyl represents an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an -S(O)- group.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl groups are from 1 to 6, from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 20 carbons.
  • the alkyl group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein.
  • alkylsulfinylalkyl represents an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfinyl group.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkylsulfinylalkyl groups are from 2 to 12, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 40 carbons.
  • each alkyl group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein.
  • alkynyl represents monovalent straight or branched chain groups from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, or from 2 to 10 carbons) containing a carbon- carbon triple bond and is exemplified by ethynyl and 1 -propynyl.
  • Alkynyl groups may be optionally substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups that are selected, independently, from aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl), as defined herein, or any of the exemplary alkyl substituent groups described herein.
  • alkynyloxy represents a chemical substituent of formula -OR, where R is a C2-20 alkynyl group (e.g., C2-6 or C2-10 alkynyl), unless otherwise specified.
  • exemplary alkynyloxy groups include ethynyloxy and propynyloxy.
  • the alkynyl group can be further substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
  • amino represents -N(R N1 )2, wherein each R N1 is, independently, H, OH, NO2, N(R N2 )2, S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , an /V-protecting group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl (e.g., optionally substituted with an O-protecting group, such as optionally substituted arylalkoxycarbonyl groups or any described herein), sulfoalkyl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), alkoxycarbonylalkyl (e.g., optionally substituted with an O-protecting group, such as optionally substituted arylalkoxycarbonyl groups or any described herein), hetero
  • amino groups of the invention can be an unsubstituted amino (i.e., -NH2) or a substituted amino (i.e., - N(R N1 )2).
  • amino is -NH2 or -NHR N1 , wherein R N1 is, independently, OH, NO2, NH 2 , NR N2 2, S0 2 OR N2 , S0 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , alkyl, carboxyalkyl, sulfoalkyl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), alkoxycarbonylalkyl (e.g., t-butoxycarbonylalkyl) or aryl, and each R N2 can be H, C1-20 alkyl (e.g., C1-6 alkyl), or Ce- ⁇ aryl.
  • amino acid refers to a molecule having a side chain, an amino group, and an acid group (e.g., a carboxy group of -CO2H or a sulfo group of -SO3H), wherein the amino acid is attached to the parent molecular group by the side chain, amino group, or acid group (e.g., the side chain).
  • the amino acid is attached to the parent molecular group by a carbonyl group, where the side chain or amino group is attached to the carbonyl group.
  • Exemplary side chains include an optionally substituted alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, alkaryl, alkheterocyclyl, aminoalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, and carboxyalkyl.
  • Exemplary amino acids include alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, histidine, hydroxynorvaline, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, norvaline, ornithine, phenylalanine, proline, pyrrolysine, selenocysteine, serine, taurine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, and valine.
  • Amino acid groups may be optionally substituted with one, two, three, or, in the case of amino acid groups of two carbons or more, four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1 ) C1-6 alkoxy; (2) C1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (3) amino, as defined herein (e.g., unsubstituted amino (i.e., -NH2) or a substituted amino (i.e., -N(R N1 )2, where R N1 is as defined for amino); (4) Ce- ⁇ aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy; (5) azido; (6) halo; (7) (C2-9 heterocyclyl)oxy; (8) hydroxy; (9) nitro; (1 0) oxo (e.g., carboxyaldehyde or acyl); (1 1 ) C1-7 spirocyclyl ; (12) thioalkoxy; (13) thiol ; (14) -C02R A , where R A
  • NR N1 (CH2)s2(CH2CH 2 0)si (CH2)s3NR N1 , wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R N1 is, independently, hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl ; (20) -NR J' C(0)OR K' , wherein R J' is selected from the group consisting of (a1 ) hydrogen and (b1 ) C1-6 alkyl, and R K' is selected from the group consisting of (a2) C1-20 alkyl (e.g., C1-6 alkyl), (b2) C2-20 alkenyl (e.g., C2- 6 alkenyl), (c2) Ce- ⁇ aryl, (d2) hydrogen, (e2) Ce- ⁇ aryl

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
PCT/US2016/052451 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region WO2017049275A2 (en)

Priority Applications (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2998370A CA2998370A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
EP16847531.7A EP3350333B1 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
EP21204710.4A EP4101930A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
DK16847531.7T DK3350333T3 (da) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynukleotider, der indeholder en stabiliserende haleregion
JP2018514295A JP2018527003A (ja) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 安定化尾部領域を含むポリヌクレオチド
US15/760,686 US20180256750A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
SI201631452T SI3350333T1 (sl) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polinukleotidi, ki zajemajo stabilizacijsko repno regijo
ES16847531T ES2908449T3 (es) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polinucleótidos que contienen una región de cola estabilizadora
PL16847531T PL3350333T3 (pl) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polinukleotydy zawierające region stabilizujący ogon
AU2016324463A AU2016324463B2 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
HK18115688.5A HK1256703A1 (zh) 2015-09-17 2018-12-07 含有穩定化尾部區域的多核苷酸
CY20221100072T CY1124934T1 (el) 2015-09-17 2022-01-27 Πολυνουκλεοτιδια που περιεχουν μια σταθεροποιητικη περιοχη ουρας
JP2022112992A JP2022160454A (ja) 2015-09-17 2022-07-14 安定化尾部領域を含むポリヌクレオチド
AU2023200136A AU2023200136A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2023-01-11 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562220050P 2015-09-17 2015-09-17
US62/220,050 2015-09-17
US201662279466P 2016-01-15 2016-01-15
US62/279,466 2016-01-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017049275A2 true WO2017049275A2 (en) 2017-03-23
WO2017049275A3 WO2017049275A3 (en) 2017-05-11

Family

ID=58289752

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/052451 WO2017049275A2 (en) 2015-09-17 2016-09-19 Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US20180256750A1 (el)
EP (2) EP4101930A1 (el)
JP (2) JP2018527003A (el)
AU (2) AU2016324463B2 (el)
CA (1) CA2998370A1 (el)
CY (1) CY1124934T1 (el)
DK (1) DK3350333T3 (el)
ES (1) ES2908449T3 (el)
HK (1) HK1256703A1 (el)
PL (1) PL3350333T3 (el)
PT (1) PT3350333T (el)
SI (1) SI3350333T1 (el)
WO (1) WO2017049275A2 (el)

Cited By (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10087247B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-10-02 Translate Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for delivering mRNA coded antibodies
US10130649B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-20 Translate Bio, Inc. Synergistic enhancement of the delivery of nucleic acids via blended formulations
WO2019008335A1 (en) 2017-07-07 2019-01-10 Avacta Life Sciences Limited SCAFFOLD PROTEINS
US10238754B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2019-03-26 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for MRNA delivery
US10266843B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2019-04-23 Translate Bio, Inc. Multimeric coding nucleic acid and uses thereof
US10420791B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-09-24 Translate Bio, Inc. CFTR MRNA compositions and related methods and uses
WO2019200171A1 (en) 2018-04-11 2019-10-17 Modernatx, Inc. Messenger rna comprising functional rna elements
US10835583B2 (en) 2016-06-13 2020-11-17 Translate Bio, Inc. Messenger RNA therapy for the treatment of ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency
WO2020263985A1 (en) 2019-06-24 2020-12-30 Modernatx, Inc. Messenger rna comprising functional rna elements and uses thereof
WO2020263883A1 (en) 2019-06-24 2020-12-30 Modernatx, Inc. Endonuclease-resistant messenger rna and uses thereof
WO2021055835A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Carbonate containing lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021055833A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Branched tail lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021055849A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Headgroup lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021074695A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Avacta Life Sciences Limited PD-L1 INHIBITOR - TGFβ INHIBITOR BISPECIFIC DRUG MOIETIES.
JP2021511016A (ja) * 2017-12-21 2021-05-06 ベースクリック ゲーエムベーハー クリック修飾ｍＲＮＡ
WO2021155274A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of preparing lipid nanoparticles
US11167043B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2021-11-09 Translate Bio, Inc. Composition and methods for treatment of ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency
US11173190B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2021-11-16 Translate Bio, Inc. Treatment of cystic fibrosis by delivery of codon-optimized mRNA encoding CFTR
WO2021247507A1 (en) 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 Modernatx, Inc. Phenylalanine hydroxylase variants and uses thereof
WO2021249786A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Sars-cov2 diagnostic polypeptides and methods
WO2022032087A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of preparing lipid nanoparticles
US11253605B2 (en) 2017-02-27 2022-02-22 Translate Bio, Inc. Codon-optimized CFTR MRNA
WO2022204288A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Modernatx, Inc. Branched tail lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2022234003A1 (en) 2021-05-07 2022-11-10 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Cd33 binding polypeptides with stefin a protein
US11547673B1 (en) 2020-04-22 2023-01-10 BioNTech SE Coronavirus vaccine
WO2023057567A1 (en) 2021-10-07 2023-04-13 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Pd-l1 binding affimers
WO2023057946A1 (en) 2021-10-07 2023-04-13 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Serum half-life extended pd-l1 binding polypeptides
WO2023107669A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Modernatx, Inc. Compounds and compositions for delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2023114889A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Modernatx, Inc. Processes for preparing lipid nanoparticles
WO2023193002A1 (en) 2022-04-01 2023-10-05 Modernatx, Inc. Cross mixers for lipid nanoparticle production, and methods of operating the same
WO2023218243A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Lag-3/pd-l1 binding fusion proteins
WO2023230578A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating circulating factors
WO2023230566A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating cytokines
WO2023230573A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulation of immune responses
WO2023230549A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulation of tumor suppressors and oncogenes
WO2023230570A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating genetic drivers
US11878055B1 (en) 2022-06-26 2024-01-23 BioNTech SE Coronavirus vaccine
WO2024026482A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions comprising surface lipid derivatives and related uses
WO2024026475A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Compositions for delivery to hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (hspcs) and related uses
WO2024026487A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions comprising phospholipid derivatives and related uses
WO2024091918A2 (en) 2022-10-25 2024-05-02 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of lipid nanoparticle production in cross-mixers
WO2024097639A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2024-05-10 Modernatx, Inc. Hsa-binding antibodies and binding proteins and uses thereof
WO2024118866A1 (en) 2022-12-01 2024-06-06 Modernatx, Inc. Gpc3-specific antibodies, binding domains, and related proteins and uses thereof
WO2024123978A1 (en) 2022-12-08 2024-06-13 Modernatx, Inc. Ionizable lipids with malonate tails

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2925083T3 (es) * 2017-02-27 2022-10-13 Translate Bio Inc Métodos de purificación de ARN mensajero

Citations (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4270537A (en) 1979-11-19 1981-06-02 Romaine Richard A Automatic hypodermic syringe
US4596556A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-06-24 Bioject, Inc. Hypodermic injection apparatus
US4790824A (en) 1987-06-19 1988-12-13 Bioject, Inc. Non-invasive hypodermic injection device
US4886499A (en) 1986-12-18 1989-12-12 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Portable injection appliance
US4940460A (en) 1987-06-19 1990-07-10 Bioject, Inc. Patient-fillable and non-invasive hypodermic injection device assembly
US4941880A (en) 1987-06-19 1990-07-17 Bioject, Inc. Pre-filled ampule and non-invasive hypodermic injection device assembly
US5015235A (en) 1987-02-20 1991-05-14 National Carpet Equipment, Inc. Syringe needle combination
US5064413A (en) 1989-11-09 1991-11-12 Bioject, Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5141496A (en) 1988-11-03 1992-08-25 Tino Dalto Spring impelled syringe guide with skin penetration depth adjustment
US5190521A (en) 1990-08-22 1993-03-02 Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for raising a skin wheal and anesthetizing skin
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5312335A (en) 1989-11-09 1994-05-17 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5328483A (en) 1992-02-27 1994-07-12 Jacoby Richard M Intradermal injection device with medication and needle guard
US5334144A (en) 1992-10-30 1994-08-02 Becton, Dickinson And Company Single use disposable needleless injector
US5339163A (en) 1988-03-16 1994-08-16 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Automatic exposure control device using plural image plane detection areas
US5383851A (en) 1992-07-24 1995-01-24 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5417662A (en) 1991-09-13 1995-05-23 Pharmacia Ab Injection needle arrangement
US5466220A (en) 1994-03-08 1995-11-14 Bioject, Inc. Drug vial mixing and transfer device
US5475092A (en) 1992-03-25 1995-12-12 Immunogen Inc. Cell binding agent conjugates of analogues and derivatives of CC-1065
US5480381A (en) 1991-08-23 1996-01-02 Weston Medical Limited Needle-less injector
US5527288A (en) 1990-12-13 1996-06-18 Elan Medical Technologies Limited Intradermal drug delivery device and method for intradermal delivery of drugs
US5569189A (en) 1992-09-28 1996-10-29 Equidyne Systems, Inc. hypodermic jet injector
US5599302A (en) 1995-01-09 1997-02-04 Medi-Ject Corporation Medical injection system and method, gas spring thereof and launching device using gas spring
WO1997013537A1 (en) 1995-10-10 1997-04-17 Visionary Medical Products Corporation Gas pressured needle-less injection device
US5649912A (en) 1994-03-07 1997-07-22 Bioject, Inc. Ampule filling device
WO1997037705A1 (en) 1996-04-11 1997-10-16 Weston Medical Limited Spring-powered dispensing device for medical purposes
US5893397A (en) 1996-01-12 1999-04-13 Bioject Inc. Medication vial/syringe liquid-transfer apparatus
WO1999034850A1 (en) 1998-01-08 1999-07-15 Fiderm S.R.L. Device for controlling the penetration depth of a needle, for application to an injection syringe
US5993412A (en) 1997-05-19 1999-11-30 Bioject, Inc. Injection apparatus
US20050222064A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8311228D0 (en) * 1983-04-25 1983-06-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Morpholine derivatives
US5998203A (en) 1996-04-16 1999-12-07 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enzymatic nucleic acids containing 5'-and/or 3'-cap structures
US5849902A (en) * 1996-09-26 1998-12-15 Oligos Etc. Inc. Three component chimeric antisense oligonucleotides
WO1999014346A2 (en) * 1997-09-19 1999-03-25 Sequitur, Inc. SENSE mRNA THERAPY
US6310197B1 (en) 1997-11-12 2001-10-30 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Translation enhancer element of the human amyloid precursor protein gene
US5955310A (en) * 1998-02-26 1999-09-21 Novo Nordisk Biotech, Inc. Methods for producing a polypeptide in a bacillus cell
US7183395B2 (en) 2000-01-28 2007-02-27 The Scripps Research Institute Methods of identifying synthetic transcriptional and translational regulatory elements, and compositions relating to same
US7468275B2 (en) 2000-01-28 2008-12-23 The Scripps Research Institute Synthetic internal ribosome entry sites and methods of identifying same
CA2462144C (en) 2001-09-28 2016-09-20 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Wissenschaften E.V. Micro-rna molecules
JP2005517427A (ja) 2002-02-20 2005-06-16 サーナ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド 短干渉核酸（ｓｉＮＡ）を用いるＣ型肝炎ウイルス（ＨＣＶ）遺伝子発現のＲＮＡ干渉媒介性阻害
US8853376B2 (en) * 2002-11-21 2014-10-07 Archemix Llc Stabilized aptamers to platelet derived growth factor and their use as oncology therapeutics
CA2533701A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas
US20090075342A1 (en) 2005-04-26 2009-03-19 Sharon Cload Metabolic profile directed aptamer medicinal chemistry
EP1934329B1 (en) 2005-08-24 2016-11-02 The Scripps Research Institute Translation enhancer-element dependent vector systems
EP2049665A2 (en) 2006-07-28 2009-04-22 Applera Corporation Dinucleotide mrna cap analogs
DE102006051516A1 (de) * 2006-10-31 2008-05-08 Curevac Gmbh (Basen-)modifizierte RNA zur Expressionssteigerung eines Proteins
WO2008127688A1 (en) 2007-04-13 2008-10-23 Hart Communication Foundation Synchronizing timeslots in a wireless communication protocol
AU2008335723C1 (en) 2007-12-11 2013-05-30 The Scripps Research Institute Compositions and methods related to mRNA translational enhancer elements
PL215513B1 (pl) 2008-06-06 2013-12-31 Univ Warszawski Nowe boranofosforanowe analogi dinukleotydów, ich zastosowanie, czasteczka RNA, sposób otrzymywania RNA oraz sposób otrzymywania peptydów lub bialka
EP2342336B1 (en) 2008-09-05 2016-12-14 President and Fellows of Harvard College Continuous directed evolution of proteins and nucleic acids
EP2281579A1 (en) 2009-08-05 2011-02-09 BioNTech AG Vaccine composition comprising 5'-Cap modified RNA
WO2011084193A1 (en) 2010-01-07 2011-07-14 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide compounds comprising non-nucleotide overhangs
US20130230884A1 (en) 2010-07-16 2013-09-05 John Chaput Methods to Identify Synthetic and Natural RNA Elements that Enhance Protein Translation
WO2012019630A1 (en) 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 Curevac Gmbh Nucleic acid comprising or coding for a histone stem-loop and a poly(a) sequence or a polyadenylation signal for increasing the expression of an encoded protein
EP2753607B1 (en) * 2011-09-09 2016-04-13 Berry And Associates, Inc. Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne reagents for chemical modification of oligonucleotides
WO2013103659A1 (en) 2012-01-04 2013-07-11 Board Of Supervisors Of Louisiana State University And Agricultural And Mechanical College Stabilizing rna by incorporating chain-terminating nucleosides at the 3'-terminus
WO2013120500A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Curevac Gmbh Nucleic acid comprising or coding for a histone stem-loop and a poly(a) sequence or a polyadenylation signal for increasing the expression of an encoded tumour antigen
WO2013120497A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Curevac Gmbh Nucleic acid comprising or coding for a histone stem-loop and a poly(a) sequence or a polyadenylation signal for increasing the expression of an encoded therapeutic protein
WO2013120499A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Curevac Gmbh Nucleic acid comprising or coding for a histone stem-loop and a poly (a) sequence or a polyadenylation signal for increasing the expression of an encoded pathogenic antigen
WO2013120498A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Curevac Gmbh Nucleic acid comprising or coding for a histone stem-loop and a poly(a) sequence or a polyadenylation signal for increasing the expression of an encoded allergenic antigen or an autoimmune self-antigen
EP2833923A4 (en) * 2012-04-02 2016-02-24 Moderna Therapeutics Inc MODIFIED POLYNUCLEOTIDES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PROTEINS
US9597380B2 (en) 2012-11-26 2017-03-21 Modernatx, Inc. Terminally modified RNA
WO2014113089A2 (en) * 2013-01-17 2014-07-24 Moderna Therapeutics, Inc. Signal-sensor polynucleotides for the alteration of cellular phenotypes
WO2015002667A1 (en) 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 Myq, Inc. A location regulated point-of-sale system and enhancements
EP3053585A1 (en) * 2013-12-13 2016-08-10 Moderna Therapeutics, Inc. Alternative nucleic acid molecules and uses thereof
AU2014375402B2 (en) * 2013-12-30 2020-10-01 CureVac SE Artificial nucleic acid molecules
WO2016011222A2 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Moderna Therapeutics, Inc. Circular polynucleotides
EP4159741A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2023-04-05 ModernaTX, Inc. Method for producing a chimeric polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having a triazole-containing internucleotide linkage

Patent Citations (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4270537A (en) 1979-11-19 1981-06-02 Romaine Richard A Automatic hypodermic syringe
US4596556A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-06-24 Bioject, Inc. Hypodermic injection apparatus
US4886499A (en) 1986-12-18 1989-12-12 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Portable injection appliance
US5015235A (en) 1987-02-20 1991-05-14 National Carpet Equipment, Inc. Syringe needle combination
US4790824A (en) 1987-06-19 1988-12-13 Bioject, Inc. Non-invasive hypodermic injection device
US4940460A (en) 1987-06-19 1990-07-10 Bioject, Inc. Patient-fillable and non-invasive hypodermic injection device assembly
US4941880A (en) 1987-06-19 1990-07-17 Bioject, Inc. Pre-filled ampule and non-invasive hypodermic injection device assembly
US5339163A (en) 1988-03-16 1994-08-16 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Automatic exposure control device using plural image plane detection areas
US5141496A (en) 1988-11-03 1992-08-25 Tino Dalto Spring impelled syringe guide with skin penetration depth adjustment
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5312335A (en) 1989-11-09 1994-05-17 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5503627A (en) 1989-11-09 1996-04-02 Bioject, Inc. Ampule for needleless injection
US5064413A (en) 1989-11-09 1991-11-12 Bioject, Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5190521A (en) 1990-08-22 1993-03-02 Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. Apparatus and method for raising a skin wheal and anesthetizing skin
US5527288A (en) 1990-12-13 1996-06-18 Elan Medical Technologies Limited Intradermal drug delivery device and method for intradermal delivery of drugs
US5480381A (en) 1991-08-23 1996-01-02 Weston Medical Limited Needle-less injector
US5417662A (en) 1991-09-13 1995-05-23 Pharmacia Ab Injection needle arrangement
US5328483A (en) 1992-02-27 1994-07-12 Jacoby Richard M Intradermal injection device with medication and needle guard
US5585499A (en) 1992-03-25 1996-12-17 Immunogen Inc. Cyclopropylbenzindole-containing cytotoxic drugs
US5475092A (en) 1992-03-25 1995-12-12 Immunogen Inc. Cell binding agent conjugates of analogues and derivatives of CC-1065
US5846545A (en) 1992-03-25 1998-12-08 Immunogen, Inc. Targeted delivery of cyclopropylbenzindole-containing cytotoxic drugs
US5383851A (en) 1992-07-24 1995-01-24 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5520639A (en) 1992-07-24 1996-05-28 Bioject, Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection methods and device
US5704911A (en) 1992-09-28 1998-01-06 Equidyne Systems, Inc. Needleless hypodermic jet injector
US5569189A (en) 1992-09-28 1996-10-29 Equidyne Systems, Inc. hypodermic jet injector
US5334144A (en) 1992-10-30 1994-08-02 Becton, Dickinson And Company Single use disposable needleless injector
US5649912A (en) 1994-03-07 1997-07-22 Bioject, Inc. Ampule filling device
US5466220A (en) 1994-03-08 1995-11-14 Bioject, Inc. Drug vial mixing and transfer device
US5599302A (en) 1995-01-09 1997-02-04 Medi-Ject Corporation Medical injection system and method, gas spring thereof and launching device using gas spring
WO1997013537A1 (en) 1995-10-10 1997-04-17 Visionary Medical Products Corporation Gas pressured needle-less injection device
US5893397A (en) 1996-01-12 1999-04-13 Bioject Inc. Medication vial/syringe liquid-transfer apparatus
WO1997037705A1 (en) 1996-04-11 1997-10-16 Weston Medical Limited Spring-powered dispensing device for medical purposes
US5993412A (en) 1997-05-19 1999-11-30 Bioject, Inc. Injection apparatus
WO1999034850A1 (en) 1998-01-08 1999-07-15 Fiderm S.R.L. Device for controlling the penetration depth of a needle, for application to an injection syringe
US20050222064A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides

Non-Patent Citations (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"The Chemistry of the Thiol Group", 1974, WILEY
A. DAGH. DURMAZU. TUNCAG. HIZAL, J. POLYM. SCI. PART A, vol. 47, 2009, pages 178 - 187
A. F. JACOBINE: "Radiation Curing in Polymer Science and Technology III", 1993, ELSEVIER, pages: 219 - 268
A. J. INGLISS. SINWELLM. H. STENZELC. BARNER-KOWOLLIK, ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 121, 2009, pages 2447 - 2450
A. R. GENNARO: "Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2006, LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS & WILKINS
A. T. BLOMQUISTL. H. LIU, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 75, 1953, pages 2153 - 2154
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 41, 2002, pages 1650 - 1667
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 44, 2005, pages 2210 - 2215
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 47, 2008, pages 2832 - 2835
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 48, 2009, pages 2411 - 2414
B. C. BORENS. NARAYANL. K. RASMUSSENL. ZHANGH. ZHAOZ. LING. JIAV. V. FOKIN, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 130, 2008, pages 13518 - 13519
B. SABAS. SHARMAD. SAWANTB. KUNDU, SYNLETT, 2007, pages 1591 - 1594
C. BARNER-KOWOLLIKM. BUBACKB. CHARLEUXM. L. COOTEM. DRACHET. FUKUDAA. GOTOB. KLUMPERMANA. B. LOWEJ. B. MCLEARY, J. POLYM. SCI. PART A, vol. 44, 2006, pages 5809 - 5831
C. J. HAWKERK. L. WOOLEY, SCIENCE, vol. 309, 2005, pages 1200 - 1205
C. NILSSONN. SIMPSONM. MALKOCHM. JOHANSSONE. MALMSTROM, J. POLYM. SCI. PART A, vol. 46, 2008, pages 6969 - 6977
C. R. BECERK. BABIUCHK. PILZS. HORNIGT. HEINZEM. GOTTSCHALDTU. S. SCHUBERT, MACROMOLECULES, vol. 42, 2009, pages 2387 - 2394
D. FOURNIERR. HOOGENBOOMU. S. SCHUBERT, CHEM. SOC. REV., vol. 36, 2007, pages 1369 - 1380
D. SAMAROOM. VINODUX. CHENC. M. DRAIN, J. COMB. CHEM., vol. 9, 2007, pages 998 - 1011
F. SHIJ. P. WALDOY. CHENR. C. LAROCK, ORG. LETT., vol. 10, 2008, pages 2409 - 2412
G. MOADE. RIZZARDOS. H. THANG, ACC. CHEM. RES., vol. 41, 2008, pages 1133 - 1142
G. WITTIGA. KREBS, CHEM. BER. REEL., vol. 94, 1961, pages 3260 - 3275
H. C. KOLBM. G. FINNK. B. SHARPLESS, ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 113, 2001, pages 2056 - 2075
H. DURMAZA. DAGO. ALTINTAST. ERDOGANG. HIZALU. TUNCA, MACROMOLECULES, vol. 40, 2007, pages 7928 - 7933
H. L. HOLMESR. M. HUSBANDC. C. LEEP. KAWULKA, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 70, 1948, pages 141 - 142
H.C. KOLBK.B. SHARPLESS, DRUG DISCOVERY TODAY, vol. 8, 2003, pages 1128 - 1137
J. A. JOHNSONJ. M. BASKINC. R. BERTOZZIJ. F. KOBERSTEINN. J. TURRO, CHEM. COMMUN., 2008, pages 2052 - 2054
J. F. LUTZH. SCHLAAD, POLYMER, vol. 49, 2008, pages 817 - 824
J. GIERLICHG. A. BURLEYP. M. E. GRAMLICHD. M. HAMMONDT. CARELL, ORG. LETT., vol. 8, 2006, pages 4985 - 4988
J. M. BASKINC. R. BERTOZZI, QSAR COMB. SCI., vol. 26, 2007, pages 1211 - 1219
J. M. BASKINJ. A. PRESCHERS. T. LAUGHLINN. J. AGARDP. V. CHANGI. A. MILLERA. LOJ. A. CODELLIC. R. BERTOZZI, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 104, 2007
K. C. NICOLAOUS. A. SNYDERT. MONTAGNONG. VASSILIKOGIANNAKIS, ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 114, 2002, pages 1724 - 1741
KOLB, ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 40, 2001, pages 2004 - 2021
L. CAMPBELL-VERDUYNP. H. ELSINGAL. MIRFEIZIR. A. DIERCKXB. L. FERINGA, ORG. BIOMOL. CHEM., vol. 6, 2008, pages 3461 - 3463
L. M. CAMPOSK. L. KILLOPSR. SAKAIJ. M. J. PAULUSSED. DAMIRONE. DROCKENMULLERB.W. MESSMOREC. J. HAWKER, MACROMOLECULES, vol. 41, 2008, pages 4120 - 4126
M. LAUTENSW. KLUTEW. TAM, CHEM. REV., vol. 96, 1996, pages 49 - 92
N. K. DEVARAJR. WEISSLEDERS. A. HILDERBRAND, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, vol. 19, 2008, pages 2297 - 2299
P. BATTIONIO. BRIGAUDH. DESVAUXD. MANSUYT. G. TRAYLOR, TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 32, 1991, pages 2893 - 2896
P. L. GOLASN. V. TSAREVSKYB. S. SUMERLINK. MATYJASZEWSKI, MACROMOLECULES, vol. 39, 2006, pages 6451 - 6457
Q. WANGT. R. CHANR. HILGRAFV. V. FOKINK. B. SHARPLESSM. G. FINN, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 125, 2003, pages 3192 - 3193
S. CHASSAINGA. S. S. SIDOA. ALIXM. KUMARRAJAP. PALE, J. SOMMER, CHEM. EUR. J., vol. 14, 2008, pages 6713 - 6721
S. G. SPAINM. I. GIBSONN. R. CAMERON, J. POLYM. SCI. PART A, vol. 45, 2007, pages 2059 - 2072
S. S. VAN BERKELA. J. DIRKESM. F. DEBETSF. L. VAN DELFTJ. J. L. CORNELISSENR. J. M. NOLTEF. P. J. RUTJES, CHEMBIOCHEM, vol. 8, 2007, pages 1504 - 1508
S. S. VAN BERKELA. J. DIRKSS. A. MEEUWISSEND. L. L. PINGENO. C. BOERMANP. LAVERMANF. L. VAN DELFTJ. J. L. CORNELISSENF. P. J. RUTJ, CHEMBIO- CHEM, vol. 9, 2008, pages 1805 - 1815
S. T. LAUGHLINJ. M. BASKINS. L. AMACHERC. R. BERTOZZI, SCIENCE, vol. 320, 2008, pages 664 - 667
V. D. BOCKH. HIEMSTRAJ. H. VAN MAARSEVEEN, EUR. J. ORG. CHEM., 2006, pages 51 - 68
V. LADMIRALG. MANTOVANIG. J. CLARKSONS. CAUETJ. L. IRWIND. M. HADDLETON, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 128, 2006, pages 4823 - 4830
V. O. RODIONOVV. V. FOKINM. G. FINN, ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 117, 2005, pages 2250 - 2255
W. D. SHARPLESSP. WUT. V. HANSENJ. G. LINDBERG, J. CHEM. EDUC., vol. 82, 2005, pages 1833 - 1836
W. H. BINDERR. SACHSENHOFER, MACROMOL. RAPID COMMUN, vol. 28, 2007, pages 15 - 54
W. SONGY. WANGJ. QUM. M. MADDENQ. LIN, ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 120, 2008, pages 2874 - 2877
WINCOTT F. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 23, 1995, pages 2677 - 84
X. CHEND. A. FOSTERC. M. DRAIN, BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 43, 2004, pages 10918 - 10929
Y. ZOUJ. YIN, BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 18, 2008, pages 5664 - 5667
Z. J.WITCZAKD. LORCHAKN. NGUYEN, CARBOHYDR. RES., vol. 342, 2007, pages 1929 - 1933
Z. LIT. S. SEOJ. JU, TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 45, 2004, pages 3143 - 3146

Cited By (66)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11547764B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2023-01-10 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for MRNA delivery
US11951181B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2024-04-09 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11185595B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2021-11-30 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US10238754B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2019-03-26 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for MRNA delivery
US11052159B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2021-07-06 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US10350303B1 (en) 2011-06-08 2019-07-16 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US10413618B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2019-09-17 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11730825B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2023-08-22 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11291734B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2022-04-05 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11951179B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2024-04-09 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for MRNA delivery
US10507249B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2019-12-17 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11338044B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2022-05-24 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11951180B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2024-04-09 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for MRNA delivery
US10888626B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2021-01-12 Translate Bio, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions and methods for mRNA delivery
US11510937B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-11-29 Translate Bio, Inc. CFTR MRNA compositions and related methods and uses
US10420791B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-09-24 Translate Bio, Inc. CFTR MRNA compositions and related methods and uses
US10899830B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-01-26 Translate Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for delivering MRNA coded antibodies
US10584165B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-03-10 Translate Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for delivering mRNA coded antibodies
US10087247B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-10-02 Translate Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for delivering mRNA coded antibodies
US10130649B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-20 Translate Bio, Inc. Synergistic enhancement of the delivery of nucleic acids via blended formulations
US10646504B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-05-12 Translate Bio, Inc. Synergistic enhancement of the delivery of nucleic acids via blended formulations
US10266843B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2019-04-23 Translate Bio, Inc. Multimeric coding nucleic acid and uses thereof
US11124804B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2021-09-21 Translate Bio, Inc. Multimeric coding nucleic acid and uses thereof
US10428349B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2019-10-01 Translate Bio, Inc. Multimeric coding nucleic acid and uses thereof
US10835583B2 (en) 2016-06-13 2020-11-17 Translate Bio, Inc. Messenger RNA therapy for the treatment of ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency
US11253605B2 (en) 2017-02-27 2022-02-22 Translate Bio, Inc. Codon-optimized CFTR MRNA
US11173190B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2021-11-16 Translate Bio, Inc. Treatment of cystic fibrosis by delivery of codon-optimized mRNA encoding CFTR
WO2019008335A1 (en) 2017-07-07 2019-01-10 Avacta Life Sciences Limited SCAFFOLD PROTEINS
US11167043B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2021-11-09 Translate Bio, Inc. Composition and methods for treatment of ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency
JP2021511016A (ja) * 2017-12-21 2021-05-06 ベースクリック ゲーエムベーハー クリック修飾ｍＲＮＡ
WO2019200171A1 (en) 2018-04-11 2019-10-17 Modernatx, Inc. Messenger rna comprising functional rna elements
WO2020263883A1 (en) 2019-06-24 2020-12-30 Modernatx, Inc. Endonuclease-resistant messenger rna and uses thereof
WO2020263985A1 (en) 2019-06-24 2020-12-30 Modernatx, Inc. Messenger rna comprising functional rna elements and uses thereof
WO2021055835A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Carbonate containing lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021055849A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Headgroup lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021055833A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Modernatx, Inc. Branched tail lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2021074695A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Avacta Life Sciences Limited PD-L1 INHIBITOR - TGFβ INHIBITOR BISPECIFIC DRUG MOIETIES.
WO2021155274A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of preparing lipid nanoparticles
US11951185B2 (en) 2020-04-22 2024-04-09 BioNTech SE RNA constructs and uses thereof
US11547673B1 (en) 2020-04-22 2023-01-10 BioNTech SE Coronavirus vaccine
US11779659B2 (en) 2020-04-22 2023-10-10 BioNTech SE RNA constructs and uses thereof
US11925694B2 (en) 2020-04-22 2024-03-12 BioNTech SE Coronavirus vaccine
WO2021247507A1 (en) 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 Modernatx, Inc. Phenylalanine hydroxylase variants and uses thereof
WO2021249786A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Sars-cov2 diagnostic polypeptides and methods
WO2022032087A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of preparing lipid nanoparticles
WO2022204288A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Modernatx, Inc. Branched tail lipid compounds and compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2022234003A1 (en) 2021-05-07 2022-11-10 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Cd33 binding polypeptides with stefin a protein
WO2023057567A1 (en) 2021-10-07 2023-04-13 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Pd-l1 binding affimers
WO2023057946A1 (en) 2021-10-07 2023-04-13 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Serum half-life extended pd-l1 binding polypeptides
WO2023107669A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Modernatx, Inc. Compounds and compositions for delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2023114889A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Modernatx, Inc. Processes for preparing lipid nanoparticles
WO2023193002A1 (en) 2022-04-01 2023-10-05 Modernatx, Inc. Cross mixers for lipid nanoparticle production, and methods of operating the same
WO2023218243A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 Avacta Life Sciences Limited Lag-3/pd-l1 binding fusion proteins
WO2023230549A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulation of tumor suppressors and oncogenes
WO2023230570A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating genetic drivers
WO2023230573A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulation of immune responses
WO2023230566A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating cytokines
WO2023230578A2 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods for modulating circulating factors
US11878055B1 (en) 2022-06-26 2024-01-23 BioNTech SE Coronavirus vaccine
WO2024026482A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions comprising surface lipid derivatives and related uses
WO2024026475A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Compositions for delivery to hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (hspcs) and related uses
WO2024026487A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Modernatx, Inc. Lipid nanoparticle compositions comprising phospholipid derivatives and related uses
WO2024091918A2 (en) 2022-10-25 2024-05-02 Modernatx, Inc. Methods of lipid nanoparticle production in cross-mixers
WO2024097639A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2024-05-10 Modernatx, Inc. Hsa-binding antibodies and binding proteins and uses thereof
WO2024118866A1 (en) 2022-12-01 2024-06-06 Modernatx, Inc. Gpc3-specific antibodies, binding domains, and related proteins and uses thereof
WO2024123978A1 (en) 2022-12-08 2024-06-13 Modernatx, Inc. Ionizable lipids with malonate tails

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2998370A1 (en) 2017-03-23
US20180256750A1 (en) 2018-09-13
PL3350333T3 (pl) 2022-03-07
SI3350333T1 (sl) 2022-04-29
HK1256703A1 (zh) 2019-10-04
WO2017049275A3 (en) 2017-05-11
JP2022160454A (ja) 2022-10-19
DK3350333T3 (da) 2022-01-31
CY1124934T1 (el) 2023-01-05
PT3350333T (pt) 2022-03-02
AU2016324463A1 (en) 2018-03-29
AU2023200136A1 (en) 2023-02-09
AU2016324463B2 (en) 2022-10-27
ES2908449T3 (es) 2022-04-29
EP3350333B1 (en) 2021-10-27
EP4101930A1 (en) 2022-12-14
JP2018527003A (ja) 2018-09-20
EP3350333A2 (en) 2018-07-25
EP3350333A4 (en) 2019-09-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2016324463B2 (en) Polynucleotides containing a stabilizing tail region
US11434486B2 (en) Polynucleotides containing a morpholino linker
US20230416324A1 (en) Alternative nucleic acid molecules containing reduced uracil content and uses thereof
ES2911677T3 (es) Nucleósidos, nucleótidos y ácidos nucleicos modificados, y sus usos
WO2015051173A2 (en) Polynucleotide molecules and uses thereof
EP3052511A2 (en) Polynucleotide molecules and uses thereof
US20220298516A1 (en) Compositions and methods for delivery of nucleic acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16847531

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2998370

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018514295

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15760686

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016324463

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20160919

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016847531

Country of ref document: EP

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16847531

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2